1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
78 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
84 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
85 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
111 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
112 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
113 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
114 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
115 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
122 #include <algorithm>
123 #include <cassert>
124 #include <climits>
125 #include <cstddef>
126 #include <cstdint>
127 #include <cstdlib>
128 #include <map>
129 #include <memory>
130 #include <tuple>
131 #include <utility>
132 #include <vector>
133 
134 using namespace llvm;
135 
136 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
137 
138 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
139           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
140 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
141           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
142 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
143           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
144 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
145           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
146 
147 static cl::opt<unsigned>
148 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
149                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
150                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
151                                  "derived loop"),
152                         cl::init(100));
153 
154 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
155 static cl::opt<bool>
156 VerifySCEV("verify-scev",
157            cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
158 static cl::opt<bool>
159     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps",
160                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
161                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
162 
163 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
164     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
165     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
166     cl::init(32));
167 
168 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
169     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
170     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
171     cl::init(500));
172 
173 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
174     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
175     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
176     cl::init(32));
177 
178 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
179     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
180     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
181     cl::init(2));
182 
183 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
184     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
185     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
186     cl::init(2));
187 
188 static cl::opt<unsigned>
189     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
190                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
191                   cl::init(32));
192 
193 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
194     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
195     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
196 
197 static cl::opt<unsigned>
198     MaxExtDepth("scalar-evolution-max-ext-depth", cl::Hidden,
199                 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt"),
200                 cl::init(8));
201 
202 static cl::opt<unsigned>
203     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
204                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
205                   cl::init(16));
206 
207 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
208 //                           SCEV class definitions
209 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
210 
211 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
212 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
213 //
214 
215 #ifdef LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP
216 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
217   print(dbgs());
218   dbgs() << '\n';
219 }
220 #endif
221 
222 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
223   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
224   case scConstant:
225     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
226     return;
227   case scTruncate: {
228     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
229     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
230     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
231        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
232     return;
233   }
234   case scZeroExtend: {
235     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
236     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
237     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
238        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
239     return;
240   }
241   case scSignExtend: {
242     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
243     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
244     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
245        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
246     return;
247   }
248   case scAddRecExpr: {
249     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
250     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
251     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
252       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
253     OS << "}<";
254     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
255       OS << "nuw><";
256     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
257       OS << "nsw><";
258     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
259         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
260       OS << "nw><";
261     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
262     OS << ">";
263     return;
264   }
265   case scAddExpr:
266   case scMulExpr:
267   case scUMaxExpr:
268   case scSMaxExpr: {
269     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
270     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
271     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
272     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
273     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
274     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
275     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
276     }
277     OS << "(";
278     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
279          I != E; ++I) {
280       OS << **I;
281       if (std::next(I) != E)
282         OS << OpStr;
283     }
284     OS << ")";
285     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
286     case scAddExpr:
287     case scMulExpr:
288       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
289         OS << "<nuw>";
290       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
291         OS << "<nsw>";
292     }
293     return;
294   }
295   case scUDivExpr: {
296     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
297     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
298     return;
299   }
300   case scUnknown: {
301     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
302     Type *AllocTy;
303     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
304       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
305       return;
306     }
307     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
308       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
309       return;
310     }
311 
312     Type *CTy;
313     Constant *FieldNo;
314     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
315       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
316       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
317       OS << ")";
318       return;
319     }
320 
321     // Otherwise just print it normally.
322     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
323     return;
324   }
325   case scCouldNotCompute:
326     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
327     return;
328   }
329   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
330 }
331 
332 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
333   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
334   case scConstant:
335     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
336   case scTruncate:
337   case scZeroExtend:
338   case scSignExtend:
339     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
340   case scAddRecExpr:
341   case scMulExpr:
342   case scUMaxExpr:
343   case scSMaxExpr:
344     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
345   case scAddExpr:
346     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
347   case scUDivExpr:
348     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
349   case scUnknown:
350     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
351   case scCouldNotCompute:
352     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
353   }
354   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
355 }
356 
357 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
358   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
359     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
360   return false;
361 }
362 
363 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
364   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
365     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
366   return false;
367 }
368 
369 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
370   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
371     return SC->getValue()->isMinusOne();
372   return false;
373 }
374 
375 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
376   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
377   if (!Mul) return false;
378 
379   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
380   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
381   if (!SC) return false;
382 
383   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
384   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
385 }
386 
387 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
388   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
389 
390 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
391   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
392 }
393 
394 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
395   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
396   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
397   ID.AddPointer(V);
398   void *IP = nullptr;
399   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
400   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
401   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
402   return S;
403 }
404 
405 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
406   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
407 }
408 
409 const SCEV *
410 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
411   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
412   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
413 }
414 
415 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
416                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
417   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
418 
419 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
420                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
421   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
422   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
423          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
424          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
425 }
426 
427 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
428                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
429   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
430   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
431          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
432          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
433 }
434 
435 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
436                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
437   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
438   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
439          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
440          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
441 }
442 
443 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
444   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
445   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
446 
447   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
448   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
449 
450   // Release the value.
451   setValPtr(nullptr);
452 }
453 
454 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
455   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
456   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
457 
458   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
459   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
460   // this SCEVUnknown.
461   setValPtr(New);
462 }
463 
464 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
465   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
466     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
467       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
468         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
469             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
470             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
471           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
472             if (CI->isOne()) {
473               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
474                                  ->getElementType();
475               return true;
476             }
477 
478   return false;
479 }
480 
481 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
482   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
483     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
484       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
485         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
486             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
487           Type *Ty =
488             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
489           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
490             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
491                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
492                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
493               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
494                 if (CI->isOne() &&
495                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
496                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
497                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
498                   return true;
499                 }
500             }
501         }
502 
503   return false;
504 }
505 
506 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
507   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
508     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
509       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
510         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
511             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
512             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
513             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
514           Type *Ty =
515             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
516           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
517           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
518           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
519             CTy = Ty;
520             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
521             return true;
522           }
523         }
524 
525   return false;
526 }
527 
528 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
529 //                               SCEV Utilities
530 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
531 
532 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
533 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
534 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
535 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
536 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
537 ///
538 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
539 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
540 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
541 ///
542 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
543 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
544 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
545 ///
546 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
547 ///
548 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
549 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
550 static int
551 CompareValueComplexity(SmallSet<std::pair<Value *, Value *>, 8> &EqCache,
552                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
553                        unsigned Depth) {
554   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCache.count({LV, RV}))
555     return 0;
556 
557   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
558   // GEPs.
559   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
560        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
561   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
562     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
563 
564   // Compare getValueID values.
565   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
566   if (LID != RID)
567     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
568 
569   // Sort arguments by their position.
570   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
571     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
572     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
573     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
574   }
575 
576   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
577     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
578 
579     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
580       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
581       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
582                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
583     };
584 
585     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
586     // names are semantically important.
587     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
588       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
589   }
590 
591   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
592   // is pretty loose.
593   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
594     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
595 
596     // Compare loop depths.
597     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
598                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
599     if (LParent != RParent) {
600       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
601                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
602       if (LDepth != RDepth)
603         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
604     }
605 
606     // Compare the number of operands.
607     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
608              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
609     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
610       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
611 
612     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
613       int Result =
614           CompareValueComplexity(EqCache, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
615                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
616       if (Result != 0)
617         return Result;
618     }
619   }
620 
621   EqCache.insert({LV, RV});
622   return 0;
623 }
624 
625 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
626 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
627 // more efficient.
628 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
629     SmallSet<std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>, 8> &EqCacheSCEV,
630     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
631     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
632   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
633   if (LHS == RHS)
634     return 0;
635 
636   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
637   unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
638   if (LType != RType)
639     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
640 
641   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.count({LHS, RHS}))
642     return 0;
643   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
644   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
645   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
646   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
647   case scUnknown: {
648     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
649     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
650 
651     SmallSet<std::pair<Value *, Value *>, 8> EqCache;
652     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCache, LI, LU->getValue(), RU->getValue(),
653                                    Depth + 1);
654     if (X == 0)
655       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
656     return X;
657   }
658 
659   case scConstant: {
660     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
661     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
662 
663     // Compare constant values.
664     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
665     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
666     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
667     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
668       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
669     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
670   }
671 
672   case scAddRecExpr: {
673     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
674     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
675 
676     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
677     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
678     // order in getAddExpr.
679     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
680     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
681       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
682       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
683       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
684         return 1;
685       else
686         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
687                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
688       return -1;
689     }
690 
691     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
692     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
693     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
694       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
695 
696     // Lexicographically compare.
697     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
698       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LA->getOperand(i),
699                                     RA->getOperand(i), DT,  Depth + 1);
700       if (X != 0)
701         return X;
702     }
703     EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
704     return 0;
705   }
706 
707   case scAddExpr:
708   case scMulExpr:
709   case scSMaxExpr:
710   case scUMaxExpr: {
711     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
712     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
713 
714     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
715     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
716     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
717       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
718 
719     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
720       if (i >= RNumOps)
721         return 1;
722       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getOperand(i),
723                                     RC->getOperand(i), DT, Depth + 1);
724       if (X != 0)
725         return X;
726     }
727     EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
728     return 0;
729   }
730 
731   case scUDivExpr: {
732     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
733     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
734 
735     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
736     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getLHS(), RC->getLHS(),
737                                   DT, Depth + 1);
738     if (X != 0)
739       return X;
740     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getRHS(), RC->getRHS(), DT,
741                               Depth + 1);
742     if (X == 0)
743       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
744     return X;
745   }
746 
747   case scTruncate:
748   case scZeroExtend:
749   case scSignExtend: {
750     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
751     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
752 
753     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
754     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, LI, LC->getOperand(),
755                                   RC->getOperand(), DT, Depth + 1);
756     if (X == 0)
757       EqCacheSCEV.insert({LHS, RHS});
758     return X;
759   }
760 
761   case scCouldNotCompute:
762     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
763   }
764   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
765 }
766 
767 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
768 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
769 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
770 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
771 ///
772 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
773 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
774 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
775 /// land in memory.
776 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
777                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
778   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
779 
780   SmallSet<std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>, 8> EqCache;
781   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
782     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
783     // Special case it.
784     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
785     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCache, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
786       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
787     return;
788   }
789 
790   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
791   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(),
792                    [&EqCache, LI, &DT](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
793                      return
794                          CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCache, LI, LHS, RHS, DT) < 0;
795                    });
796 
797   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
798   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
799   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
800   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
801   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
802     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
803     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
804 
805     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
806     // one, group them.
807     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
808       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
809         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
810         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
811         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
812         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
813       }
814     }
815   }
816 }
817 
818 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
819 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
820   struct FindSCEVSize {
821     int Size = 0;
822 
823     FindSCEVSize() = default;
824 
825     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
826       ++Size;
827       // Keep looking at all operands of S.
828       return true;
829     }
830 
831     bool isDone() const {
832       return false;
833     }
834   };
835 
836   FindSCEVSize F;
837   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
838   ST.visitAll(S);
839   return F.Size;
840 }
841 
842 namespace {
843 
844 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
845 public:
846   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
847   // Denominator.
848   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
849                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
850                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
851     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
852 
853     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
854 
855     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
856     // rest of the code.
857     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
858       *Quotient = D.One;
859       *Remainder = D.Zero;
860       return;
861     }
862 
863     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
864       *Quotient = D.Zero;
865       *Remainder = D.Zero;
866       return;
867     }
868 
869     // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
870     if (Denominator->isOne()) {
871       *Quotient = Numerator;
872       *Remainder = D.Zero;
873       return;
874     }
875 
876     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
877     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
878       const SCEV *Q, *R;
879       *Quotient = Numerator;
880       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
881         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
882         *Quotient = Q;
883 
884         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
885         // the Denominator.
886         if (!R->isZero()) {
887           *Quotient = D.Zero;
888           *Remainder = Numerator;
889           return;
890         }
891       }
892       *Remainder = D.Zero;
893       return;
894     }
895 
896     D.visit(Numerator);
897     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
898     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
899   }
900 
901   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
902   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
903   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
904   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
905   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
906   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
907   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
908   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
909   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
910   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
911 
912   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
913     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
914       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getAPInt();
915       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getAPInt();
916       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
917       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
918 
919       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
920         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
921       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
922         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
923 
924       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
925       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
926       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
927       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
928       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
929       return;
930     }
931   }
932 
933   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
934     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
935     if (!Numerator->isAffine())
936       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
937     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
938     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
939     // Bail out if the types do not match.
940     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
941     if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
942         Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType())
943       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
944     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
945                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
946     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
947                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
948   }
949 
950   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
951     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
952     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
953 
954     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
955       const SCEV *Q, *R;
956       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
957 
958       // Bail out if types do not match.
959       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType())
960         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
961 
962       Qs.push_back(Q);
963       Rs.push_back(R);
964     }
965 
966     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
967       Quotient = Qs[0];
968       Remainder = Rs[0];
969       return;
970     }
971 
972     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
973     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
974   }
975 
976   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
977     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
978     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
979 
980     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
981     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
982       // Bail out if types do not match.
983       if (Ty != Op->getType())
984         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
985 
986       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
987         Qs.push_back(Op);
988         continue;
989       }
990 
991       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
992       const SCEV *Q, *R;
993       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
994       if (!R->isZero()) {
995         Qs.push_back(Op);
996         continue;
997       }
998 
999       // Bail out if types do not match.
1000       if (Ty != Q->getType())
1001         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1002 
1003       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
1004       Qs.push_back(Q);
1005     }
1006 
1007     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
1008       Remainder = Zero;
1009       if (Qs.size() == 1)
1010         Quotient = Qs[0];
1011       else
1012         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
1013       return;
1014     }
1015 
1016     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator))
1017       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1018 
1019     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
1020     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
1021     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1022         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
1023     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1024 
1025     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
1026       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
1027       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1028           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
1029       Quotient =
1030           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1031       return;
1032     }
1033 
1034     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
1035     const SCEV *Q, *R;
1036     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
1037     // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
1038     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator))
1039       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1040     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1041     if (R != Zero)
1042       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1043     Quotient = Q;
1044   }
1045 
1046 private:
1047   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
1048                const SCEV *Denominator)
1049       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
1050     Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType());
1051     One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType());
1052 
1053     // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We
1054     // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest
1055     // of the code.
1056     cannotDivide(Numerator);
1057   }
1058 
1059   // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to
1060   // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator.
1061   void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) {
1062     Quotient = Zero;
1063     Remainder = Numerator;
1064   }
1065 
1066   ScalarEvolution &SE;
1067   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
1068 };
1069 
1070 } // end anonymous namespace
1071 
1072 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1073 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
1074 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1075 
1076 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
1077 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
1078                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
1079                                        Type *ResultTy) {
1080   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
1081   if (K == 1)
1082     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
1083 
1084   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
1085   //
1086   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
1087   //
1088   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
1089   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
1090   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
1091   // safe in modular arithmetic.
1092   //
1093   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
1094   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
1095   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
1096   // exponentiation:
1097   //
1098   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
1099   //
1100   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
1101   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
1102   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
1103   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
1104   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
1105   // width W.
1106   //
1107   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
1108   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
1109   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
1110   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
1111   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
1112   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
1113   //
1114   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
1115   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
1116   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
1117   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
1118   //
1119   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
1120   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
1121   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
1122   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
1123   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
1124   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
1125   // register width.
1126   //
1127   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
1128   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
1129   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
1130   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
1131   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
1132 
1133   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
1134   // but it probably doesn't matter.
1135   if (K > 1000)
1136     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
1137 
1138   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
1139 
1140   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
1141   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
1142   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
1143   // W bits of the result.
1144   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1145   unsigned T = 1;
1146   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1147     APInt Mult(W, i);
1148     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1149     T += TwoFactors;
1150     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
1151     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1152   }
1153 
1154   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1155   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1156 
1157   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1158   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1159 
1160   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1161   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1162   // K! / 2^T.
1163   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1164   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1165   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1166   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1167 
1168   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1169   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1170                                                       CalculationBits);
1171   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1172   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1173     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1174     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1175                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1176   }
1177 
1178   // Divide by 2^T
1179   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1180 
1181   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1182 
1183   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1184                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1185 }
1186 
1187 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1188 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1189 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1190 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1191 ///
1192 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1193 ///
1194 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1195 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1196                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1197   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1198   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1199     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1200     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1201     // coefficient.
1202     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1203     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1204       return Coeff;
1205 
1206     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1207   }
1208   return Result;
1209 }
1210 
1211 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1212 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1213 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1214 
1215 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1216                                              Type *Ty) {
1217   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1218          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1219   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1220          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1221   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1222 
1223   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1224   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1225   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1226   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1227   void *IP = nullptr;
1228   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1229 
1230   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1231   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1232     return getConstant(
1233       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1234 
1235   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1236   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1237     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1238 
1239   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1240   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1241     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1242 
1243   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1244   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1245     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1246 
1247   // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
1248   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1249   if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1250     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1251     bool hasTrunc = false;
1252     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1253       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
1254       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i)))
1255         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1256       Operands.push_back(S);
1257     }
1258     if (!hasTrunc)
1259       return getAddExpr(Operands);
1260     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1261   }
1262 
1263   // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
1264   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1265   if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1266     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1267     bool hasTrunc = false;
1268     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1269       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
1270       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i)))
1271         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1272       Operands.push_back(S);
1273     }
1274     if (!hasTrunc)
1275       return getMulExpr(Operands);
1276     UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);  // Mutates IP, returns NULL.
1277   }
1278 
1279   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1280   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1281     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1282     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1283       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty));
1284     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1285   }
1286 
1287   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1288   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1289   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1290   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1291                                                  Op, Ty);
1292   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1293   return S;
1294 }
1295 
1296 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1297 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1298 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1299 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1300                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1301                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1302   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1303   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1304     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1305     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1306                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1307   }
1308   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1309     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1310     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1311                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1312   }
1313   return nullptr;
1314 }
1315 
1316 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1317 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1318 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1319 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1320                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1321                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1322   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1323   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1324 
1325   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1326                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1327 }
1328 
1329 namespace {
1330 
1331 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1332   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1333                                                           unsigned);
1334 };
1335 
1336 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1337 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1338   // Members present:
1339   //
1340   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1341   //
1342   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1343   //
1344   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1345   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1346   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1347 };
1348 
1349 template <>
1350 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1351   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1352 
1353   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1354 
1355   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1356                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1357                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1358     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1359   }
1360 };
1361 
1362 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1363     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1364 
1365 template <>
1366 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1367   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1368 
1369   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1370 
1371   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1372                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1373                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1374     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1375   }
1376 };
1377 
1378 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1379     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1380 
1381 } // end anonymous namespace
1382 
1383 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1384 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1385 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1386 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1387 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1388 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1389 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1390 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1391 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1392                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1393   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1394   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1395 
1396   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1397   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1398   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1399 
1400   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1401   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1402   if (!SA)
1403     return nullptr;
1404 
1405   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1406   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1407   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1408   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1409   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1410     if (Op != Step)
1411       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1412 
1413   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1414     return nullptr;
1415 
1416   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1417   // `Step`:
1418 
1419   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1420   auto PreStartFlags =
1421     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1422   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1423   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1424       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1425 
1426   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1427   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1428   //
1429 
1430   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1431   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1432       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1433     return PreStart;
1434 
1435   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1436   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1437   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1438   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1439       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1440                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1441   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1442     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1443       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1444       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1445       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1446       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
1447     }
1448     return PreStart;
1449   }
1450 
1451   // 3. Loop precondition.
1452   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1453   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1454       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1455 
1456   if (OverflowLimit &&
1457       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1458     return PreStart;
1459 
1460   return nullptr;
1461 }
1462 
1463 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1464 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1465 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1466                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1467                                         unsigned Depth) {
1468   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1469 
1470   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1471   if (!PreStart)
1472     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1473 
1474   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1475                                              Depth),
1476                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1477 }
1478 
1479 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1480 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1481 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1482 //
1483 // Formally:
1484 //
1485 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1486 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1487 //
1488 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1489 //
1490 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1491 //
1492 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1493 //
1494 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1495 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1496 //
1497 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1498 //
1499 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1500 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1501 //
1502 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1503 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1504 //
1505 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1506 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1507 // to check for (1) and (2).
1508 //
1509 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1510 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1511 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1512 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1513                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1514                                                 const Loop *L) {
1515   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1516 
1517   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1518   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1519   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1520   // `PreStart` below.
1521   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1522   if (!StartC)
1523     return false;
1524 
1525   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1526 
1527   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1528     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1529 
1530     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1531     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1532     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1533     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1534     ID.AddPointer(L);
1535     void *IP = nullptr;
1536     const auto *PreAR =
1537       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1538 
1539     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1540     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1541     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1542       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1543       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1544       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1545           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1546       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1547         return true;
1548     }
1549   }
1550 
1551   return false;
1552 }
1553 
1554 const SCEV *
1555 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1556   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1557          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1558   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1559          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1560   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1561 
1562   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1563   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1564     return getConstant(
1565       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1566 
1567   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1568   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1569     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1570 
1571   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1572   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1573   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1574   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1575   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1576   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1577   void *IP = nullptr;
1578   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1579   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1580     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1581                                                      Op, Ty);
1582     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1583     return S;
1584   }
1585 
1586   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1587   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1588     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1589     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1590     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1591     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1592     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1593     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1594     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1595             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1596       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1597   }
1598 
1599   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1600   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1601   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1602   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1603   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1604     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1605       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1606       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1607       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1608       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1609 
1610       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1611         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1612         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1613       }
1614 
1615       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1616       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1617       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1618         return getAddRecExpr(
1619             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1620             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1621 
1622       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1623       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1624       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1625       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1626       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1627       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1628       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1629       // that value once it has finished.
1630       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1631       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1632         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1633         // overflow.
1634 
1635         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1636         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1637         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1638           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1639         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1640           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1641         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1642           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1643           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1644           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1645                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1646           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1647                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1648                                                           Depth + 1),
1649                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1650           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1651           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1652             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1653           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1654             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1655                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1656                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1657                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1658                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1659           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1660             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1661             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1662             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1663             return getAddRecExpr(
1664                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1665                                                          Depth + 1),
1666                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1667                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1668           }
1669           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1670           // This covers loops that count down.
1671           OperandExtendedAdd =
1672             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1673                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1674                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1675                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1676                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1677           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1678             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1679             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1680             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1681             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1682             return getAddRecExpr(
1683                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1684                                                          Depth + 1),
1685                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1686                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1687           }
1688         }
1689       }
1690 
1691       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1692       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1693       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1694       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1695       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1696       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1697       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1698       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1699           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1700         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1701         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1702         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1703         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1704         // is safe.
1705         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1706           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1707                                       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1708           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1709               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
1710                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
1711                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1712             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this
1713             // AddRec.
1714             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1715             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1716             return getAddRecExpr(
1717                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1718                                                          Depth + 1),
1719                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1720                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1721           }
1722         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1723           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1724                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1725           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1726               (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
1727                isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
1728                                            AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N))) {
1729             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1730             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1731             // still can't self-wrap.
1732             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1733             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1734             return getAddRecExpr(
1735                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1736                                                          Depth + 1),
1737                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1738                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1739           }
1740         }
1741       }
1742 
1743       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1744         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1745         return getAddRecExpr(
1746             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1747             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1748       }
1749     }
1750 
1751   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1752     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1753     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1754       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1755       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1756       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1757       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1758         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1759       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1760     }
1761   }
1762 
1763   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1764   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1765   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1766   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1767                                                    Op, Ty);
1768   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1769   return S;
1770 }
1771 
1772 const SCEV *
1773 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1774   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1775          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1776   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1777          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1778   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1779 
1780   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1781   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1782     return getConstant(
1783       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1784 
1785   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1786   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1787     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1788 
1789   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1790   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1791     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1792 
1793   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1794   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1795   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1796   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1797   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1798   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1799   void *IP = nullptr;
1800   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1801   // Limit recursion depth.
1802   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1803     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1804                                                      Op, Ty);
1805     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1806     return S;
1807   }
1808 
1809   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1810   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1811     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1812     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1813     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1814     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1815     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1816     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1817     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1818             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1819       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1820   }
1821 
1822   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1823   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1824     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1825       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1826       auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1827       if (SMul && SC1) {
1828         if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1829           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1830           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1831           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1832               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1833             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty, Depth + 1),
1834                               getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty, Depth + 1),
1835                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1836         }
1837       }
1838     }
1839 
1840     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1841     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1842       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1843       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1844       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1845       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1846         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1847       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1848     }
1849   }
1850   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1851   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1852   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1853   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1854   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1855     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1856       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1857       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1858       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1859       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1860 
1861       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1862         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1863         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1864       }
1865 
1866       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1867       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1868       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1869         return getAddRecExpr(
1870             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1871             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1872 
1873       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1874       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1875       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1876       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1877       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1878       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1879       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1880       // that value once it has finished.
1881       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1882       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1883         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1884         // overflow.
1885 
1886         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1887         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1888         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1889           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1890         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1891           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1892         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1893           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1894           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1895           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1896                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1897           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
1898                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1899                                                           Depth + 1),
1900                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1901           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1902           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1903             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1904           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1905             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1906                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1907                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1908                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1909                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1910           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1911             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1912             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1913             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1914             return getAddRecExpr(
1915                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1916                                                          Depth + 1),
1917                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1918                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1919           }
1920           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1921           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1922           OperandExtendedAdd =
1923             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1924                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1925                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1926                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1927                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1928           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1929             // If AR wraps around then
1930             //
1931             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1932             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1933             //
1934             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
1935             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
1936 
1937             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1938 
1939             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1940             return getAddRecExpr(
1941                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1942                                                          Depth + 1),
1943                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1944                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1945           }
1946         }
1947       }
1948 
1949       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1950       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1951       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1952       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1953       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1954       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1955       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1956 
1957       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1958           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1959         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1960         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1961         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1962         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1963         // is safe.
1964         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1965         const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1966             getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
1967         if (OverflowLimit &&
1968             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
1969              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Start, OverflowLimit) &&
1970               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this),
1971                                           OverflowLimit)))) {
1972           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
1973           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1974           return getAddRecExpr(
1975               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1976               getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1977         }
1978       }
1979 
1980       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
1981       // transformation:
1982       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
1983       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1984       auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
1985       if (SC1 && SC2) {
1986         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1987         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1988         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
1989             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
1990           Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty, Depth + 1);
1991           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L,
1992                                             AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1993           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty, Depth + 1),
1994                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1995         }
1996       }
1997 
1998       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1999         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
2000         return getAddRecExpr(
2001             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2002             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2003       }
2004     }
2005 
2006   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2007   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2008   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2009     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2010 
2011   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2012   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2013   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2014   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2015                                                    Op, Ty);
2016   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2017   return S;
2018 }
2019 
2020 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2021 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2022 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2023                                               Type *Ty) {
2024   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2025          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2026   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2027          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2028   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2029 
2030   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2031   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2032     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2033       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2034 
2035   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2036   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2037     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2038     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2039       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2040     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2041   }
2042 
2043   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2044   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2045   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2046     return ZExt;
2047 
2048   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2049   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2050   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2051     return SExt;
2052 
2053   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2054   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2055     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2056     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2057       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2058     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2059   }
2060 
2061   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2062   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2063     return SExt;
2064 
2065   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2066   return ZExt;
2067 }
2068 
2069 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2070 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2071 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2072 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2073 ///
2074 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2075 ///
2076 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2077 ///
2078 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2079 ///
2080 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2081 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2082 ///
2083 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2084 ///
2085 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2086 /// the original operand list.
2087 ///
2088 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2089 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2090 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2091 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2092 static bool
2093 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2094                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2095                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2096                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2097                              const APInt &Scale,
2098                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2099   bool Interesting = false;
2100 
2101   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2102   unsigned i = 0;
2103   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2104     ++i;
2105     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2106     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2107       Interesting = true;
2108     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2109   }
2110 
2111   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2112   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2113   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2114     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2115     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2116       APInt NewScale =
2117           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2118       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2119         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2120         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2121         Interesting |=
2122           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2123                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2124                                        NewScale, SE);
2125       } else {
2126         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2127         // the map.
2128         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2129         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2130         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2131         if (Pair.second) {
2132           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2133         } else {
2134           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2135           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2136           // a folding opportunity.
2137           Interesting = true;
2138         }
2139       }
2140     } else {
2141       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2142       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2143           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2144       if (Pair.second) {
2145         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2146       } else {
2147         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2148         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2149         // a folding opportunity.
2150         Interesting = true;
2151       }
2152     }
2153   }
2154 
2155   return Interesting;
2156 }
2157 
2158 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2159 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2160 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2161 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2162 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2163                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2164                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2165   using namespace std::placeholders;
2166 
2167   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2168 
2169   bool CanAnalyze =
2170       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2171   (void)CanAnalyze;
2172   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2173 
2174   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2175   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2176       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2177 
2178   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2179   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2180     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2181   };
2182 
2183   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2184     Flags =
2185         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2186 
2187   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2188 
2189   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask && Type == scAddExpr &&
2190       Ops.size() == 2 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2191 
2192     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nsw> if the addition does not sign overflow
2193     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nuw> if the addition does not unsign overflow
2194 
2195     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2196     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2197       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2198           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2199       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2200         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2201     }
2202     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2203       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2204           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2205       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2206         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2207     }
2208   }
2209 
2210   return Flags;
2211 }
2212 
2213 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2214   if (!isLoopInvariant(S, L))
2215     return false;
2216   // If a value depends on a SCEVUnknown which is defined after the loop, we
2217   // conservatively assume that we cannot calculate it at the loop's entry.
2218   struct FindDominatedSCEVUnknown {
2219     bool Found = false;
2220     const Loop *L;
2221     DominatorTree &DT;
2222     LoopInfo &LI;
2223 
2224     FindDominatedSCEVUnknown(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, LoopInfo &LI)
2225         : L(L), DT(DT), LI(LI) {}
2226 
2227     bool checkSCEVUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *SU) {
2228       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
2229         if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), I->getParent()))
2230           Found = true;
2231         else
2232           assert(DT.dominates(I->getParent(), L->getHeader()) &&
2233                  "No dominance relationship between SCEV and loop?");
2234       }
2235       return false;
2236     }
2237 
2238     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2239       switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
2240       case scConstant:
2241         return false;
2242       case scAddRecExpr:
2243       case scTruncate:
2244       case scZeroExtend:
2245       case scSignExtend:
2246       case scAddExpr:
2247       case scMulExpr:
2248       case scUMaxExpr:
2249       case scSMaxExpr:
2250       case scUDivExpr:
2251         return true;
2252       case scUnknown:
2253         return checkSCEVUnknown(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S));
2254       case scCouldNotCompute:
2255         llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
2256       }
2257       return false;
2258     }
2259 
2260     bool isDone() { return Found; }
2261   };
2262 
2263   FindDominatedSCEVUnknown FSU(L, DT, LI);
2264   SCEVTraversal<FindDominatedSCEVUnknown> ST(FSU);
2265   ST.visitAll(S);
2266   return !FSU.Found;
2267 }
2268 
2269 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2270 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2271                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2272                                         unsigned Depth) {
2273   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2274          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2275   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2276   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2277 #ifndef NDEBUG
2278   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2279   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2280     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2281            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2282 #endif
2283 
2284   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2285   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2286 
2287   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
2288 
2289   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2290   unsigned Idx = 0;
2291   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2292     ++Idx;
2293     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2294     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2295       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2296       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2297       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2298       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2299       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2300     }
2301 
2302     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2303     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2304       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2305       --Idx;
2306     }
2307 
2308     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2309   }
2310 
2311   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2312   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2313     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2314 
2315   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2316   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2317   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2318   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2319   bool FoundMatch = false;
2320   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2321     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2322       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2323       unsigned Count = 2;
2324       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2325         ++Count;
2326       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2327       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2328       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2329       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2330         return Mul;
2331       Ops[i] = Mul;
2332       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2333       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2334       FoundMatch = true;
2335     }
2336   if (FoundMatch)
2337     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2338 
2339   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2340   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2341   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2342   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2343   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2344     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2345     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2346     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2347     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2348     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2349       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2350     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2351       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2352       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2353         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2354     }
2355     return nullptr;
2356   };
2357   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2358     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2359     bool Ok = true;
2360     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2361     // source type of the truncate.
2362     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2363       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2364         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2365           Ok = false;
2366           break;
2367         }
2368         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2369       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2370         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2371       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2372         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2373         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2374           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2375                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2376             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2377               Ok = false;
2378               break;
2379             }
2380             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2381           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2382             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2383           } else {
2384             Ok = false;
2385             break;
2386           }
2387         }
2388         if (Ok)
2389           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2390       } else {
2391         Ok = false;
2392         break;
2393       }
2394     }
2395     if (Ok) {
2396       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2397       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2398       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2399       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2400         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2401     }
2402   }
2403 
2404   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2405   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2406     ++Idx;
2407 
2408   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2409   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2410     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2411     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2412       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2413           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2414         break;
2415       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2416       // list.
2417       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2418       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2419       DeletedAdd = true;
2420     }
2421 
2422     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2423     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2424     // any operands we just acquired.
2425     if (DeletedAdd)
2426       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2427   }
2428 
2429   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2430   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2431     ++Idx;
2432 
2433   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2434   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2435   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2436     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2437     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2438     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2439     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2440     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2441                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2442                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2443       struct APIntCompare {
2444         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2445           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2446         }
2447       };
2448 
2449       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2450       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2451       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2452       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2453       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2454         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2455       // Re-generate the operands list.
2456       Ops.clear();
2457       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2458         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2459       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2460         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2461           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2462               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2463               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2464               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2465       if (Ops.empty())
2466         return getZero(Ty);
2467       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2468         return Ops[0];
2469       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2470     }
2471   }
2472 
2473   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2474   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2475   // the multiply.
2476   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2477     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2478     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2479       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2480       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2481         continue;
2482       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2483         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2484           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2485           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2486           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2487             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2488             // Y*Z term.
2489             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2490                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2491             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2492             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2493           }
2494           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2495           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2496           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2497                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2498           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2499           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2500             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2501             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2502           } else {
2503             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2504             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2505           }
2506           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2507           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2508         }
2509 
2510       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2511       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2512            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2513            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2514         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2515         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2516         // together.
2517         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2518              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2519           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2520             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2521             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2522             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2523               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2524                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2525               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2526               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2527             }
2528             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2529             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2530               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2531                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2532               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2533               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2534             }
2535             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2536             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2537                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2538             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2539                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2540             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2541             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2542             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2543             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2544             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2545           }
2546       }
2547     }
2548   }
2549 
2550   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2551   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2552   // recurrence.
2553   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2554     ++Idx;
2555 
2556   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2557   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2558     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2559     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2560     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2561     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2562     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2563     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2564       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2565         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2566         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2567         --i; --e;
2568       }
2569 
2570     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2571     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2572       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2573       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2574 
2575       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2576                                              AddRec->op_end());
2577       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2578       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2579       // will be equal to its start value.
2580       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2581 
2582       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2583       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2584       // Always propagate NW.
2585       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2586       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2587 
2588       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2589       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2590 
2591       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2592       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2593         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2594           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2595           break;
2596         }
2597       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2598     }
2599 
2600     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2601     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2602     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2603     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2604          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2605          ++OtherIdx) {
2606       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2607       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2608       assert(DT.dominates(
2609            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2610            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2611         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2612       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2613         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2614         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2615                                                AddRec->op_end());
2616         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2617              ++OtherIdx) {
2618           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2619           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2620             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2621                  i != e; ++i) {
2622               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2623                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2624                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2625                 break;
2626               }
2627               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2628                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2629               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2630             }
2631             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2632           }
2633         }
2634         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2635         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2636         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2637       }
2638     }
2639 
2640     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2641     // next one.
2642   }
2643 
2644   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2645   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2646   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2647 }
2648 
2649 const SCEV *
2650 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2651                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2652   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2653   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2654   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2655     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2656   void *IP = nullptr;
2657   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2658       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2659   if (!S) {
2660     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2661     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2662     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2663         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2664     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2665   }
2666   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2667   return S;
2668 }
2669 
2670 const SCEV *
2671 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2672                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2673   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2674   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2675   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2676     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2677   void *IP = nullptr;
2678   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2679     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2680   if (!S) {
2681     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2682     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2683     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2684                                         O, Ops.size());
2685     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2686   }
2687   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2688   return S;
2689 }
2690 
2691 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2692   uint64_t k = i*j;
2693   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2694   return k;
2695 }
2696 
2697 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2698 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2699 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2700 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2701   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2702   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2703   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2704   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2705   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2706   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2707   // final result would fit.
2708 
2709   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2710   if (k > n) return 0;
2711 
2712   if (k > n/2)
2713     k = n-k;
2714 
2715   uint64_t r = 1;
2716   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2717     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2718     r /= i;
2719   }
2720   return r;
2721 }
2722 
2723 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2724 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2725 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2726   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
2727     bool FoundConstant = false;
2728 
2729     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2730       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
2731       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
2732     }
2733 
2734     bool isDone() const {
2735       return FoundConstant;
2736     }
2737   };
2738 
2739   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
2740   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
2741   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
2742   return F.FoundConstant;
2743 }
2744 
2745 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2746 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2747                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2748                                         unsigned Depth) {
2749   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2750          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2751   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2752   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2753 #ifndef NDEBUG
2754   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2755   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2756     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2757            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2758 #endif
2759 
2760   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2761   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2762 
2763   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2764 
2765   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2766   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2767     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2768 
2769   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2770   unsigned Idx = 0;
2771   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2772 
2773     // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2774     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2775         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2776           // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
2777           // apply this transformation as well.
2778           if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
2779             // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
2780             // profitable, for example:
2781             // Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.
2782             // Maybe the scope of this transformation should be narrowed down.
2783             if (containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add))
2784               return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2785                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2786                                 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2787                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2788                                 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2789 
2790     ++Idx;
2791     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2792       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2793       ConstantInt *Fold =
2794           ConstantInt::get(getContext(), LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2795       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2796       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2797       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2798       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2799     }
2800 
2801     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2802     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isOne()) {
2803       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2804       --Idx;
2805     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2806       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2807       return Ops[0];
2808     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2809       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2810       // add operands.
2811       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2812         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2813           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2814           bool AnyFolded = false;
2815           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2816             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2817                                          Depth + 1);
2818             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2819             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2820           }
2821           if (AnyFolded)
2822             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2823         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2824           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2825           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2826           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2827             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2828                                           Depth + 1));
2829 
2830           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2831                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2832         }
2833       }
2834     }
2835 
2836     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2837       return Ops[0];
2838   }
2839 
2840   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2841   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2842     ++Idx;
2843 
2844   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2845   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2846     bool DeletedMul = false;
2847     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2848       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2849         break;
2850       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2851       // operands list.
2852       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2853       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2854       DeletedMul = true;
2855     }
2856 
2857     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2858     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2859     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2860     if (DeletedMul)
2861       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2862   }
2863 
2864   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2865   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2866   // recurrence.
2867   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2868     ++Idx;
2869 
2870   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2871   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2872     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2873     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2874     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2875     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2876     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2877     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2878       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2879         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2880         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2881         --i; --e;
2882       }
2883 
2884     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2885     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2886       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2887       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2888       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2889       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2890       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2891         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2892                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2893 
2894       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2895       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2896       //
2897       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2898       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2899       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2900       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2901 
2902       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2903       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2904 
2905       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2906       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2907         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2908           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2909           break;
2910         }
2911       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2912     }
2913 
2914     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2915     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2916     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2917 
2918     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2919     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2920     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2921     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2922     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2923     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2924     //
2925     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2926     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2927     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2928     bool OpsModified = false;
2929     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2930          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2931          ++OtherIdx) {
2932       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2933         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2934       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2935         continue;
2936 
2937       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
2938       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
2939       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
2940           MaxAddRecSize)
2941         continue;
2942 
2943       bool Overflow = false;
2944       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2945       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2946       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2947       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2948              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2949         const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty);
2950         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2951           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2952           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2953                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2954                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2955             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2956             uint64_t Coeff;
2957             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2958               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2959             else
2960               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2961             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2962             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2963             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2964             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
2965                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2966                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2967           }
2968         }
2969         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2970       }
2971       if (!Overflow) {
2972         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2973                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2974         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2975         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2976         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2977         OpsModified = true;
2978         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2979         if (!AddRec)
2980           break;
2981       }
2982     }
2983     if (OpsModified)
2984       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2985 
2986     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2987     // next one.
2988   }
2989 
2990   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
2991   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2992   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2993 }
2994 
2995 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
2996 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2997                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2998   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
2999          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3000          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3001 
3002   // Short-circuit easy cases
3003   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3004     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3005     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3006       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3007 
3008     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3009     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3010       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
3011       Type *TruncTy =
3012           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
3013       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
3014     }
3015   }
3016 
3017   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3018   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3019   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3020   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3021 }
3022 
3023 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3024 /// possible.
3025 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3026                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3027   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3028          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3029          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3030 
3031   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3032     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3033       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3034     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3035     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3036     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3037     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3038       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3039       // its operands.
3040       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3041       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3042       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
3043       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3044       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3045       // nearest power of two.
3046       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3047         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3048       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3049         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3050       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3051         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3052             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3053           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3054           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3055           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3056           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3057               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3058               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3059                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3060                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3061             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3062             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3063               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3064             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3065           }
3066           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3067           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3068           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3069           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3070           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3071               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3072               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3073                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3074                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3075             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3076             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3077             if (StartRem != 0)
3078               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3079                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3080           }
3081         }
3082       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3083       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3084         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3085         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3086           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3087         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3088           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3089           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3090             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3091             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3092             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3093               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3094                                                       M->op_end());
3095               Operands[i] = Div;
3096               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3097             }
3098           }
3099       }
3100       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3101       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3102         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3103         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3104           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3105         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3106           Operands.clear();
3107           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3108             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3109             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3110                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3111               break;
3112             Operands.push_back(Op);
3113           }
3114           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3115             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3116         }
3117       }
3118 
3119       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3120       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3121         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3122         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3123         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3124                                                                    RHSCV)));
3125       }
3126     }
3127   }
3128 
3129   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3130   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3131   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3132   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3133   void *IP = nullptr;
3134   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3135   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3136                                              LHS, RHS);
3137   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3138   return S;
3139 }
3140 
3141 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3142   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3143   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3144   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3145   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3146 
3147   if (ABW > BBW)
3148     B = B.zext(ABW);
3149   else if (ABW < BBW)
3150     A = A.zext(BBW);
3151 
3152   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3153 }
3154 
3155 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3156 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3157 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3158 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3159 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3160                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3161   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3162   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3163   // end of this file for inspiration.
3164 
3165   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3166   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3167     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3168 
3169   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3170     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3171     // first element of the mulexpr.
3172     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3173       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3174         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3175         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3176         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3177       }
3178 
3179       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3180       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3181       // check.
3182       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3183       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3184         LHSCst =
3185             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3186         RHSCst =
3187             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3188         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3189         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3190         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3191         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3192         RHS = RHSCst;
3193         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3194         if (!Mul)
3195           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3196       }
3197     }
3198   }
3199 
3200   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3201     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3202       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3203       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3204       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3205       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3206     }
3207   }
3208 
3209   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3210 }
3211 
3212 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3213 /// expression as much as possible.
3214 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3215                                            const Loop *L,
3216                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3217   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3218   Operands.push_back(Start);
3219   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3220     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3221       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3222       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3223     }
3224 
3225   Operands.push_back(Step);
3226   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3227 }
3228 
3229 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3230 /// expression as much as possible.
3231 const SCEV *
3232 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3233                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3234   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3235 #ifndef NDEBUG
3236   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3237   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3238     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3239            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3240   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3241     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3242            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3243 #endif
3244 
3245   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3246     Operands.pop_back();
3247     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3248   }
3249 
3250   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3251   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3252   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3253   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3254   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3255 
3256   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3257 
3258   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3259   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3260     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3261     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3262             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3263             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3264                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3265       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3266                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3267       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3268       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3269       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3270       // requirement.
3271       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3272           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3273 
3274       if (AllInvariant) {
3275         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3276         //
3277         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3278         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3279         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3280           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3281 
3282         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3283         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3284           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3285         });
3286 
3287         if (AllInvariant) {
3288           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3289           //
3290           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3291           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3292           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3293             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3294           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3295         }
3296       }
3297       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3298       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3299     }
3300   }
3301 
3302   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3303   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3304   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3305   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
3306   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3307     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
3308   ID.AddPointer(L);
3309   void *IP = nullptr;
3310   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3311     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3312   if (!S) {
3313     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
3314     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
3315     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3316                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
3317     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3318   }
3319   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3320   return S;
3321 }
3322 
3323 const SCEV *
3324 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3325                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3326   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3327   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3328   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3329   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3330   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3331   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3332   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3333   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3334   // adds.
3335   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW
3336                                              : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3337 
3338   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy);
3339   // The array size is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
3340   // its element type.
3341   Type *CurTy = ArrayType::get(GEP->getSourceElementType(), 0);
3342   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3343     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3344     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3345       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3346       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3347       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3348       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3349 
3350       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3351       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3352 
3353       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3354       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3355     } else {
3356       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3357       CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
3358       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3359       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
3360       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3361       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
3362 
3363       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3364       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
3365 
3366       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3367       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3368     }
3369   }
3370 
3371   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3372   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3373 }
3374 
3375 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3376                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3377   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3378   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3379 }
3380 
3381 const SCEV *
3382 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3383   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
3384   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3385 #ifndef NDEBUG
3386   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3387   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3388     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3389            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3390 #endif
3391 
3392   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3393   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3394 
3395   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3396   unsigned Idx = 0;
3397   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3398     ++Idx;
3399     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3400     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3401       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3402       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3403           getContext(), APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3404       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3405       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3406       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3407       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3408     }
3409 
3410     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3411     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
3412       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3413       --Idx;
3414     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
3415       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3416       // maximum-int.
3417       return Ops[0];
3418     }
3419 
3420     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3421   }
3422 
3423   // Find the first SMax
3424   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
3425     ++Idx;
3426 
3427   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
3428   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3429   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3430     bool DeletedSMax = false;
3431     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3432       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3433       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
3434       DeletedSMax = true;
3435     }
3436 
3437     if (DeletedSMax)
3438       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3439   }
3440 
3441   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3442   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3443   // be adjacent.
3444   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3445     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
3446     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3447     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3448         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3449       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3450       --i; --e;
3451     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3452       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3453       --i; --e;
3454     }
3455 
3456   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3457 
3458   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3459 
3460   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
3461   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3462   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3463   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
3464   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3465     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3466   void *IP = nullptr;
3467   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3468   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3469   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3470   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3471                                              O, Ops.size());
3472   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3473   return S;
3474 }
3475 
3476 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3477                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3478   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3479   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3480 }
3481 
3482 const SCEV *
3483 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3484   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
3485   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3486 #ifndef NDEBUG
3487   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3488   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3489     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3490            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3491 #endif
3492 
3493   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3494   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3495 
3496   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3497   unsigned Idx = 0;
3498   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3499     ++Idx;
3500     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3501     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3502       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3503       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3504           getContext(), APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3505       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3506       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3507       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3508       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3509     }
3510 
3511     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3512     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
3513       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3514       --Idx;
3515     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
3516       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3517       // maximum-int.
3518       return Ops[0];
3519     }
3520 
3521     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3522   }
3523 
3524   // Find the first UMax
3525   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
3526     ++Idx;
3527 
3528   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
3529   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3530   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3531     bool DeletedUMax = false;
3532     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3533       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3534       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
3535       DeletedUMax = true;
3536     }
3537 
3538     if (DeletedUMax)
3539       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3540   }
3541 
3542   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3543   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3544   // be adjacent.
3545   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3546     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
3547     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3548     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3549         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3550       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3551       --i; --e;
3552     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3553       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3554       --i; --e;
3555     }
3556 
3557   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3558 
3559   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
3560 
3561   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
3562   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3563   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3564   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
3565   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3566     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3567   void *IP = nullptr;
3568   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3569   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3570   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3571   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3572                                              O, Ops.size());
3573   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3574   return S;
3575 }
3576 
3577 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3578                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3579   // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
3580   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3581 }
3582 
3583 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3584                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3585   // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
3586   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3587 }
3588 
3589 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3590   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3591   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3592   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3593   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3594 }
3595 
3596 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3597                                              StructType *STy,
3598                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3599   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3600   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3601   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3602   return getConstant(
3603       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3604 }
3605 
3606 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3607   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3608   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3609   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3610   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3611 
3612   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3613   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3614   ID.AddPointer(V);
3615   void *IP = nullptr;
3616   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3617     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3618            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3619     return S;
3620   }
3621   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3622                                             FirstUnknown);
3623   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3624   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3625   return S;
3626 }
3627 
3628 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3629 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3630 //
3631 
3632 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3633 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3634 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3635 /// target-specific information.
3636 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3637   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3638   return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
3639 }
3640 
3641 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3642 /// return true.
3643 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3644   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3645   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3646 }
3647 
3648 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3649 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3650 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer-sized integer type.
3651 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3652   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3653 
3654   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3655     return Ty;
3656 
3657   // The only other support type is pointer.
3658   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3659   return getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
3660 }
3661 
3662 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3663   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3664 }
3665 
3666 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3667   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3668 }
3669 
3670 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3671   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3672     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3673     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3674   });
3675 
3676   return !ContainsNulls;
3677 }
3678 
3679 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3680   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3681   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3682     return I->second;
3683 
3684   bool FoundAddRec = SCEVExprContains(S, isa<SCEVAddRecExpr, const SCEV *>);
3685   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3686   return FoundAddRec;
3687 }
3688 
3689 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3690 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3691 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3692 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3693   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3694   if (!Add)
3695     return {S, nullptr};
3696 
3697   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3698     return {S, nullptr};
3699 
3700   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3701   if (!ConstOp)
3702     return {S, nullptr};
3703 
3704   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3705 }
3706 
3707 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3708 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3709 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3710 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3711   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3712   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3713     return nullptr;
3714 #ifndef NDEBUG
3715   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3716     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3717     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3718       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3719   }
3720 #endif
3721   return &SI->second;
3722 }
3723 
3724 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3725 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3726 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3727 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3728   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3729   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3730     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3731     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3732     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3733       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3734 
3735     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3736     const SCEV *Stripped;
3737     ConstantInt *Offset;
3738     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3739     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3740       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3741         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3742     }
3743     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3744   }
3745 }
3746 
3747 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3748 /// create a new one.
3749 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3750   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3751 
3752   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3753   if (S == nullptr) {
3754     S = createSCEV(V);
3755     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3756     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3757     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3758     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3759         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3760     if (Pair.second) {
3761       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3762 
3763       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3764       // ExprValueMap.
3765       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3766       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3767       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3768       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3769       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3770       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3771       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3772       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3773       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3774           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3775         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3776     }
3777   }
3778   return S;
3779 }
3780 
3781 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3782   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3783 
3784   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3785   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3786     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3787     if (checkValidity(S))
3788       return S;
3789     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3790     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3791   }
3792   return nullptr;
3793 }
3794 
3795 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3796 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3797                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3798   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3799     return getConstant(
3800                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3801 
3802   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3803   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3804   return getMulExpr(
3805       V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags);
3806 }
3807 
3808 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3809 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3810   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3811     return getConstant(
3812                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3813 
3814   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3815   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3816   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3817                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3818   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3819 }
3820 
3821 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3822                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3823                                           unsigned Depth) {
3824   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3825   if (LHS == RHS)
3826     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3827 
3828   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3829   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3830   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3831   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3832       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3833   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3834     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3835     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3836     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3837     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3838     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3839     //
3840     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3841     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3842     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3843     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3844       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3845     }
3846   }
3847 
3848   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3849   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3850   //
3851   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3852   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3853   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3854   // larger scope than intended.
3855   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3856 
3857   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3858 }
3859 
3860 const SCEV *
3861 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3862   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3863   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3864          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3865          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3866   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3867     return V;  // No conversion
3868   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3869     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3870   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3871 }
3872 
3873 const SCEV *
3874 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3875                                          Type *Ty) {
3876   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3877   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3878          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3879          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3880   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3881     return V;  // No conversion
3882   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3883     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3884   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3885 }
3886 
3887 const SCEV *
3888 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3889   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3890   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3891          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3892          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3893   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3894          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3895   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3896     return V;  // No conversion
3897   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3898 }
3899 
3900 const SCEV *
3901 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3902   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3903   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3904          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3905          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3906   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3907          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3908   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3909     return V;  // No conversion
3910   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3911 }
3912 
3913 const SCEV *
3914 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3915   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3916   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3917          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3918          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3919   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3920          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3921   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3922     return V;  // No conversion
3923   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3924 }
3925 
3926 const SCEV *
3927 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3928   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3929   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3930          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3931          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
3932   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3933          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
3934   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3935     return V;  // No conversion
3936   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3937 }
3938 
3939 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3940                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3941   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3942   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3943 
3944   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3945     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3946   else
3947     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3948 
3949   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3950 }
3951 
3952 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3953                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3954   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3955   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3956 
3957   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3958     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3959   else
3960     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3961 
3962   return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3963 }
3964 
3965 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
3966   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
3967   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3968     return V;
3969 
3970   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
3971     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
3972   } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
3973     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
3974     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
3975       if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3976         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
3977         if (PtrOp)
3978           return V;
3979         PtrOp = NAryOp;
3980       }
3981     }
3982     if (!PtrOp)
3983       return V;
3984     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
3985   }
3986   return V;
3987 }
3988 
3989 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
3990 static void
3991 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
3992                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
3993   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
3994   for (User *U : I->users())
3995     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
3996 }
3997 
3998 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
3999   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4000   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
4001 
4002   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4003   Visited.insert(PN);
4004   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4005     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4006     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4007       continue;
4008 
4009     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4010     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4011       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4012 
4013       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
4014       // ceases to appear in expressions.
4015       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
4016         continue;
4017 
4018       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4019       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4020       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
4021       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
4022       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
4023       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
4024       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
4025       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
4026           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
4027           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
4028         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
4029         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4030       }
4031     }
4032 
4033     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4034   }
4035 }
4036 
4037 namespace {
4038 
4039 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4040 public:
4041   SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4042       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4043 
4044   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4045                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4046     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4047     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4048     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4049   }
4050 
4051   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4052     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4053       Valid = false;
4054     return Expr;
4055   }
4056 
4057   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4058     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4059     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4060       return Expr->getStart();
4061     Valid = false;
4062     return Expr;
4063   }
4064 
4065   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4066 
4067 private:
4068   const Loop *L;
4069   bool Valid = true;
4070 };
4071 
4072 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
4073 public:
4074   SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4075       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4076 
4077   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4078                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4079     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4080     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4081     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4082   }
4083 
4084   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4085     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4086     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4087       Valid = false;
4088     return Expr;
4089   }
4090 
4091   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4092     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4093       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4094     Valid = false;
4095     return Expr;
4096   }
4097 
4098   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4099 
4100 private:
4101   const Loop *L;
4102   bool Valid = true;
4103 };
4104 
4105 } // end anonymous namespace
4106 
4107 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4108 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4109   if (!AR->isAffine())
4110     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4111 
4112   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
4113 
4114   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4115 
4116   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4117     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4118     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4119 
4120     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4121         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4122     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4123       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4124   }
4125 
4126   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4127     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4128     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4129 
4130     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4131         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4132     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4133       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4134   }
4135 
4136   return Result;
4137 }
4138 
4139 namespace {
4140 
4141 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4142 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4143 /// derived from an expression tree.
4144 struct BinaryOp {
4145   unsigned Opcode;
4146   Value *LHS;
4147   Value *RHS;
4148   bool IsNSW = false;
4149   bool IsNUW = false;
4150 
4151   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4152   /// constant expression.
4153   Operator *Op = nullptr;
4154 
4155   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4156       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4157         Op(Op) {
4158     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4159       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4160       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4161     }
4162   }
4163 
4164   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4165                     bool IsNUW = false)
4166       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW) {}
4167 };
4168 
4169 } // end anonymous namespace
4170 
4171 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4172 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4173   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4174   if (!Op)
4175     return None;
4176 
4177   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4178   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4179   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4180 
4181   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4182   case Instruction::Add:
4183   case Instruction::Sub:
4184   case Instruction::Mul:
4185   case Instruction::UDiv:
4186   case Instruction::URem:
4187   case Instruction::And:
4188   case Instruction::Or:
4189   case Instruction::AShr:
4190   case Instruction::Shl:
4191     return BinaryOp(Op);
4192 
4193   case Instruction::Xor:
4194     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4195       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4196       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4197       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4198         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4199     return BinaryOp(Op);
4200 
4201   case Instruction::LShr:
4202     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4203     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4204       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4205 
4206       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4207       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4208       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4209       // other parts of the compiler.
4210       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4211         Constant *X =
4212             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4213                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4214         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4215       }
4216     }
4217     return BinaryOp(Op);
4218 
4219   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4220     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4221     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4222       break;
4223 
4224     auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4225     if (!CI)
4226       break;
4227 
4228     if (auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
4229       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
4230       case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
4231       case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
4232         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4233           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4234                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4235 
4236         // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4237         // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4238         // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4239         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow)
4240           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4241                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4242                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4243         else
4244           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4245                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4246                           /* IsNUW*/ true);
4247       case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4248       case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4249         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4250           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4251                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4252 
4253         // The same reasoning as sadd/uadd above.
4254         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow)
4255           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4256                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4257                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4258         else
4259           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4260                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4261                           /* IsNUW = */ true);
4262       case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4263       case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4264         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Mul, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4265                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4266       default:
4267         break;
4268       }
4269   }
4270 
4271   default:
4272     break;
4273   }
4274 
4275   return None;
4276 }
4277 
4278 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
4279 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
4280 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
4281 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
4282 /// follows one of the following patterns:
4283 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4284 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4285 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
4286 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
4287 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
4288 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
4289 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
4290                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4291   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
4292   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
4293   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
4294   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
4295   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
4296   // not invariant).
4297   //
4298   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
4299   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
4300   // be added.
4301   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
4302     return nullptr;
4303 
4304   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
4305   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
4306   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
4307     return nullptr;
4308 
4309   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
4310   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
4311   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
4312     return nullptr;
4313   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
4314       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
4315            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
4316   if (!Trunc)
4317     return nullptr;
4318   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
4319   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
4320     return nullptr;
4321   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
4322   return Trunc->getType();
4323 }
4324 
4325 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
4326   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
4327     return nullptr;
4328   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4329   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4330     return nullptr;
4331   return L;
4332 }
4333 
4334 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
4335 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
4336 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
4337 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
4338 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
4339 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
4340 // of the analysis.
4341 //
4342 // Example usage scenario:
4343 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
4344 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4345 //    where:
4346 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
4347 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
4348 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
4349 //
4350 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
4351 //    the following SCEV:
4352 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4353 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
4354 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
4355 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
4356 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
4357 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
4358 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
4359 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
4360 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
4361 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
4362 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
4363 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
4364 //
4365 // TODO's:
4366 //
4367 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
4368 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
4369 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
4370 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
4371 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
4372 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
4373 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
4374 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
4375 //
4376 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
4377 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
4378 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
4379 //
4380 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
4381 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4382 //
4383 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
4384 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4385 //
4386 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
4387 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4388 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4389   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4390 
4391   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
4392   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
4393 
4394   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4395   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4396   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
4397 
4398   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4399   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4400   // backedge value.
4401   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4402   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4403     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4404     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4405       if (!BEValueV) {
4406         BEValueV = V;
4407       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4408         BEValueV = nullptr;
4409         break;
4410       }
4411     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4412       StartValueV = V;
4413     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4414       StartValueV = nullptr;
4415       break;
4416     }
4417   }
4418   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4419     return None;
4420 
4421   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4422 
4423   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4424   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
4425   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
4426   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
4427   if (!Add)
4428     return None;
4429 
4430   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
4431   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
4432   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4433   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
4434   bool Signed;
4435   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4436     if ((TruncTy =
4437              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
4438       if (FoundIndex == e) {
4439         FoundIndex = i;
4440         break;
4441       }
4442 
4443   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
4444     return None;
4445 
4446   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4447   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4448   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4449     if (i != FoundIndex)
4450       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4451   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4452 
4453   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
4454   // varying inside the loop.
4455   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
4456     return None;
4457 
4458   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
4459 
4460   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
4461   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
4462   //
4463   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
4464   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
4465   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4466   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
4467   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4468   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4469   //
4470   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
4471   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
4472   //
4473   //
4474   // More formally, we want to prove that:
4475   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
4476   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4477   //
4478   // Given that:
4479   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
4480   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
4481   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
4482   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
4483   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4484   //
4485   // Proof:
4486   //  Expr(i+1) =
4487   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
4488   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
4489   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
4490   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4491   //                                                             :: from step i
4492   //
4493   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4494   //
4495   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
4496   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4497   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
4498   //
4499   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
4500   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
4501   //
4502   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4503   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4504   //
4505   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
4506   //
4507 
4508   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
4509   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4510   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
4511       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
4512                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4513 
4514   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
4515   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
4516   // will be constant.
4517   //
4518   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
4519   // add P1.
4520   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
4521     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
4522         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
4523                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
4524     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
4525     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
4526   }
4527 
4528   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
4529 
4530   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
4531   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
4532   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
4533   // or P3 is false.
4534 
4535   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
4536   // for each of StartVal and Accum
4537   auto GetExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr) -> const SCEV * {
4538     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
4539     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
4540     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
4541         Signed ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
4542                : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
4543     return ExtendedExpr;
4544   };
4545 
4546   // Given:
4547   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
4548   //               = GetExtendedExpr(Expr)
4549   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
4550   // is known to be false at compile time
4551   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4552                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
4553     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4554            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4555   };
4556 
4557   const SCEV *StartExtended = GetExtendedExpr(StartVal);
4558   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
4559     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
4560     return None;
4561   }
4562 
4563   const SCEV *AccumExtended = GetExtendedExpr(Accum);
4564   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
4565     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
4566     return None;
4567   }
4568 
4569   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4570                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
4571     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4572         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
4573       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4574       DEBUG (dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
4575       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
4576     }
4577   };
4578 
4579   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
4580   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
4581 
4582   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
4583   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
4584   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
4585   // Predicates.
4586   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4587 
4588   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
4589       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
4590   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
4591   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
4592   return PredRewrite;
4593 }
4594 
4595 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4596 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4597   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4598   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4599   if (!L)
4600     return None;
4601 
4602   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
4603   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
4604   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
4605     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
4606         I->second;
4607     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
4608     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
4609       return None;
4610     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
4611     // a predicate:
4612     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
4613     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
4614     return Rewrite;
4615   }
4616 
4617   Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4618     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
4619 
4620   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
4621   if (!Rewrite) {
4622     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4623     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
4624     return None;
4625   }
4626 
4627   return Rewrite;
4628 }
4629 
4630 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
4631 ///
4632 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
4633 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
4634 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
4635 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
4636 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
4637                                                       Value *BEValueV,
4638                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
4639   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4640   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
4641   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
4642 
4643   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
4644   if (!BO)
4645     return nullptr;
4646 
4647   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
4648     return nullptr;
4649 
4650   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
4651   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
4652     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
4653   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
4654     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
4655 
4656   if (!Accum)
4657     return nullptr;
4658 
4659   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4660   if (BO->IsNUW)
4661     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4662   if (BO->IsNSW)
4663     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4664 
4665   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4666   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4667 
4668   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4669 
4670   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4671   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4672   // overflow.
4673   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4674     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4675       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4676 
4677   return PHISCEV;
4678 }
4679 
4680 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4681   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4682   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4683     return nullptr;
4684 
4685   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4686   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4687   // backedge value.
4688   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4689   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4690     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4691     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4692       if (!BEValueV) {
4693         BEValueV = V;
4694       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4695         BEValueV = nullptr;
4696         break;
4697       }
4698     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4699       StartValueV = V;
4700     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4701       StartValueV = nullptr;
4702       break;
4703     }
4704   }
4705   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4706     return nullptr;
4707 
4708   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
4709          "PHI node already processed?");
4710 
4711   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
4712   // value for PN.
4713   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
4714     return S;
4715 
4716   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
4717   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
4718   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
4719 
4720   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
4721   // the back-edge.
4722   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4723 
4724   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
4725   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
4726 
4727   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4728   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
4729   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
4730     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
4731     // with a recurrence.
4732     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4733     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4734       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
4735         if (FoundIndex == e) {
4736           FoundIndex = i;
4737           break;
4738         }
4739 
4740     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
4741       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4742       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4743       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4744         if (i != FoundIndex)
4745           Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4746       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4747 
4748       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
4749       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
4750       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
4751           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
4752            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
4753         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4754 
4755         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
4756           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
4757             if (BO->IsNUW)
4758               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4759             if (BO->IsNSW)
4760               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4761           }
4762         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
4763           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
4764           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
4765           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
4766           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
4767           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
4768           // indices form a positive value.
4769           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
4770             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
4771 
4772             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
4773             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
4774               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4775           }
4776 
4777           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
4778           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
4779           // for instance.
4780         }
4781 
4782         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4783         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4784 
4785         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4786         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4787         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4788         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4789         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4790 
4791         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4792         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4793         // overflow.
4794         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4795           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4796             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4797 
4798         return PHISCEV;
4799       }
4800     }
4801   } else {
4802     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
4803     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
4804     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
4805     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
4806     // i really is an addrec evolution.
4807     //
4808     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
4809     // by one iteration:
4810     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
4811     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
4812     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this);
4813     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
4814         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4815       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4816       if (Start == StartVal) {
4817         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4818         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4819         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4820         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4821         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
4822         return Shifted;
4823       }
4824     }
4825   }
4826 
4827   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
4828   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
4829   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
4830   // to the ValueExprMap.
4831   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
4832 
4833   return nullptr;
4834 }
4835 
4836 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
4837 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
4838 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
4839                                BasicBlock *BB) {
4840   struct CheckAvailable {
4841     bool TraversalDone = false;
4842     bool Available = true;
4843 
4844     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
4845     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
4846     DominatorTree &DT;
4847 
4848     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
4849       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
4850 
4851     bool setUnavailable() {
4852       TraversalDone = true;
4853       Available = false;
4854       return false;
4855     }
4856 
4857     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
4858       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
4859       case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend:
4860       case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr:
4861         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
4862         return true;
4863 
4864       case scAddRecExpr: {
4865         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
4866         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
4867         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
4868         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
4869         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
4870         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
4871         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
4872           return true;
4873 
4874         return setUnavailable();
4875       }
4876 
4877       case scUnknown: {
4878         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
4879         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
4880         Value *V = SU->getValue();
4881 
4882         if (isa<Argument>(V))
4883           return false;
4884 
4885         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
4886           return false;
4887 
4888         return setUnavailable();
4889       }
4890 
4891       case scUDivExpr:
4892       case scCouldNotCompute:
4893         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
4894         return setUnavailable();
4895       }
4896       llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!");
4897     }
4898 
4899     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
4900   };
4901 
4902   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
4903   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
4904 
4905   ST.visitAll(S);
4906   return CA.Available;
4907 }
4908 
4909 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
4910 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
4911 // match.
4912 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
4913                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
4914   C = BI->getCondition();
4915 
4916   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
4917   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
4918 
4919   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
4920     return false;
4921 
4922   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
4923 
4924   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
4925   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
4926 
4927   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
4928     LHS = LeftUse;
4929     RHS = RightUse;
4930     return true;
4931   }
4932 
4933   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
4934     LHS = RightUse;
4935     RHS = LeftUse;
4936     return true;
4937   }
4938 
4939   return false;
4940 }
4941 
4942 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
4943   auto IsReachable =
4944       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
4945   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
4946     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4947 
4948     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
4949     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4950       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
4951         return nullptr;
4952 
4953     // Try to match
4954     //
4955     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
4956     // left:
4957     //  br label %merge
4958     // right:
4959     //  br label %merge
4960     // merge:
4961     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
4962     //
4963     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
4964 
4965     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
4966     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
4967 
4968     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
4969     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
4970 
4971     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
4972         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
4973         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
4974         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
4975       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
4976   }
4977 
4978   return nullptr;
4979 }
4980 
4981 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4982   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
4983     return S;
4984 
4985   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
4986     return S;
4987 
4988   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
4989   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
4990   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
4991   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
4992   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
4993     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
4994       return getSCEV(V);
4995 
4996   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
4997   return getUnknown(PN);
4998 }
4999 
5000 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
5001                                                       Value *Cond,
5002                                                       Value *TrueVal,
5003                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
5004   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
5005   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
5006   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
5007     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
5008 
5009   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
5010   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
5011   if (!ICI)
5012     return getUnknown(I);
5013 
5014   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
5015   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
5016 
5017   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
5018   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5019   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
5020     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5021     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5022   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5023   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
5024     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
5025     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
5026     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5027       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5028       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5029       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5030       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5031       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5032       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5033       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5034         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5035       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5036       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5037       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5038         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5039     }
5040     break;
5041   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
5042   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
5043     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5044     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5045   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
5046   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
5047     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
5048     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
5049     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5050       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5051       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5052       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5053       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5054       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5055       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5056       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5057         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5058       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5059       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5060       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5061         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5062     }
5063     break;
5064   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
5065     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5066     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5067         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5068       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5069       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5070       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5071       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5072       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5073       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
5074       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5075         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5076     }
5077     break;
5078   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
5079     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5080     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5081         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5082       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5083       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5084       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5085       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5086       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
5087       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5088       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5089         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5090     }
5091     break;
5092   default:
5093     break;
5094   }
5095 
5096   return getUnknown(I);
5097 }
5098 
5099 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
5100 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
5101 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
5102   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
5103   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
5104     return getUnknown(GEP);
5105 
5106   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
5107   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
5108     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
5109   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
5110 }
5111 
5112 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
5113   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5114     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5115 
5116   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
5117     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
5118                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
5119 
5120   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5121     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5122     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5123                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5124                : OpRes;
5125   }
5126 
5127   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5128     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5129     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5130                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5131                : OpRes;
5132   }
5133 
5134   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5135     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5136     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5137     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5138       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5139     return MinOpRes;
5140   }
5141 
5142   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5143     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
5144     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5145     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
5146     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
5147          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
5148       SumOpRes =
5149           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
5150     return SumOpRes;
5151   }
5152 
5153   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5154     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5155     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5156     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5157       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5158     return MinOpRes;
5159   }
5160 
5161   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5162     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5163     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5164     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5165       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5166     return MinOpRes;
5167   }
5168 
5169   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5170     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5171     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5172     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5173       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5174     return MinOpRes;
5175   }
5176 
5177   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5178     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5179     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5180     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
5181   }
5182 
5183   // SCEVUDivExpr
5184   return 0;
5185 }
5186 
5187 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
5188   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
5189   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
5190     return I->second;
5191 
5192   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
5193   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
5194   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
5195   return InsertPair.first->second;
5196 }
5197 
5198 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
5199 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
5200   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
5201     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
5202       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
5203 
5204   return None;
5205 }
5206 
5207 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
5208 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
5209 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
5210 const ConstantRange &
5211 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
5212                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5213   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
5214       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
5215                                                        : SignedRanges;
5216 
5217   // See if we've computed this range already.
5218   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
5219   if (I != Cache.end())
5220     return I->second;
5221 
5222   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5223     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
5224 
5225   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
5226   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
5227 
5228   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
5229   // as well.
5230   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
5231   if (TZ != 0) {
5232     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
5233       ConservativeResult =
5234           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
5235                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5236     else
5237       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
5238           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5239           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5240   }
5241 
5242   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5243     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5244     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5245       X = X.add(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5246     return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5247   }
5248 
5249   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5250     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5251     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5252       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5253     return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5254   }
5255 
5256   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5257     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5258     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5259       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5260     return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5261   }
5262 
5263   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5264     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5265     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5266       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5267     return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5268   }
5269 
5270   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
5271     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
5272     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
5273     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
5274                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
5275   }
5276 
5277   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5278     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5279     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
5280                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
5281   }
5282 
5283   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5284     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5285     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
5286                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
5287   }
5288 
5289   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
5290     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
5291     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
5292                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
5293   }
5294 
5295   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5296     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
5297     // initial value.
5298     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5299       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
5300         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
5301           ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5302               ConstantRange(C->getAPInt(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
5303 
5304     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
5305     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
5306     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5307       bool AllNonNeg = true;
5308       bool AllNonPos = true;
5309       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5310         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
5311         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
5312       }
5313       if (AllNonNeg)
5314         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5315           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
5316                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
5317       else if (AllNonPos)
5318         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5319           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5320                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
5321     }
5322 
5323     // TODO: non-affine addrec
5324     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
5325       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5326       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5327           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
5328         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
5329             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5330             BitWidth);
5331         if (!RangeFromAffine.isFullSet())
5332           ConservativeResult =
5333               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine);
5334 
5335         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
5336             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5337             BitWidth);
5338         if (!RangeFromFactoring.isFullSet())
5339           ConservativeResult =
5340               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring);
5341       }
5342     }
5343 
5344     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5345   }
5346 
5347   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5348     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
5349     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
5350     if (MDRange.hasValue())
5351       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
5352 
5353     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
5354     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
5355     // if needed.
5356     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
5357     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
5358       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5359       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5360       if (Known.One != ~Known.Zero + 1)
5361         ConservativeResult =
5362             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Known.One,
5363                                                            ~Known.Zero + 1));
5364     } else {
5365       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
5366              "generalize as needed!");
5367       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5368       if (NS > 1)
5369         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5370             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
5371                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
5372     }
5373 
5374     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5375   }
5376 
5377   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5378 }
5379 
5380 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
5381 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
5382 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
5383 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
5384 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
5385                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
5386                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
5387                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
5388   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
5389   // just need to return the initial range.
5390   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
5391     return StartRange;
5392 
5393   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
5394   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
5395   // Return FullRange.
5396   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
5397     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5398 
5399   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
5400   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
5401   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
5402 
5403   if (Signed)
5404     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
5405     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
5406     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
5407     // APInt.
5408     Step = Step.abs();
5409 
5410   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
5411   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
5412   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
5413     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5414 
5415   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
5416   // overflow here.
5417   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
5418 
5419   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
5420   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
5421   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
5422   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
5423   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
5424   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
5425   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
5426                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
5427 
5428   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
5429   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
5430   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
5431   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
5432     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5433 
5434   APInt NewLower =
5435       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
5436   APInt NewUpper =
5437       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
5438   NewUpper += 1;
5439 
5440   // If we end up with full range, return a proper full range.
5441   if (NewLower == NewUpper)
5442     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5443 
5444   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
5445   return ConstantRange(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
5446 }
5447 
5448 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5449                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5450                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5451                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5452   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5453          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5454          "Precondition!");
5455 
5456   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5457   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5458 
5459   // First, consider step signed.
5460   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5461   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5462 
5463   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5464   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5465   ConstantRange SR =
5466       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5467                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5468   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5469                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5470                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5471 
5472   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5473   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5474       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5475       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5476 
5477   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5478   return SR.intersectWith(UR);
5479 }
5480 
5481 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
5482                                                     const SCEV *Step,
5483                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5484                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
5485   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
5486   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
5487 
5488   struct SelectPattern {
5489     Value *Condition = nullptr;
5490     APInt TrueValue;
5491     APInt FalseValue;
5492 
5493     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
5494                            const SCEV *S) {
5495       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
5496       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
5497 
5498       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
5499              "Should be!");
5500 
5501       // Peel off a constant offset:
5502       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5503         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
5504         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
5505         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
5506           return;
5507 
5508         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
5509         S = SA->getOperand(1);
5510       }
5511 
5512       // Peel off a cast operation
5513       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)) {
5514         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
5515         S = SCast->getOperand();
5516       }
5517 
5518       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
5519 
5520       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5521       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
5522       if (!SU ||
5523           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
5524                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
5525         Condition = nullptr;
5526         return;
5527       }
5528 
5529       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
5530       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
5531 
5532       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
5533       if (CastOp.hasValue())
5534         switch (*CastOp) {
5535         default:
5536           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
5537 
5538         case scTruncate:
5539           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5540           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5541           break;
5542         case scZeroExtend:
5543           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
5544           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
5545           break;
5546         case scSignExtend:
5547           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
5548           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
5549           break;
5550         }
5551 
5552       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
5553       TrueValue += Offset;
5554       FalseValue += Offset;
5555     }
5556 
5557     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
5558   };
5559 
5560   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
5561   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
5562     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5563 
5564   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
5565   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
5566     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5567 
5568   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
5569     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
5570     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
5571     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
5572     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5573   }
5574 
5575   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
5576   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
5577   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
5578   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
5579 
5580   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
5581   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
5582 
5583   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
5584   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
5585   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
5586   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
5587 
5588   ConstantRange TrueRange =
5589       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5590   ConstantRange FalseRange =
5591       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5592 
5593   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
5594 }
5595 
5596 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
5597   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5598   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
5599 
5600   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
5601   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5602   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5603     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5604   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
5605     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5606   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
5607     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5608 
5609   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5610 }
5611 
5612 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
5613   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
5614   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
5615   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
5616   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
5617   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
5618   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
5619   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
5620       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
5621     return false;
5622 
5623   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
5624   if (!programUndefinedIfFullPoison(I))
5625     return false;
5626 
5627   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
5628   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
5629   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
5630   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
5631   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
5632   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
5633   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
5634   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
5635   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
5636   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
5637   // flags to the SCEV.
5638   //
5639   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
5640   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
5641   // executed in.
5642   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
5643     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
5644     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
5645     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
5646       return false;
5647     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
5648     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
5649       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
5650       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
5651            ++OtherOpIndex) {
5652         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
5653           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
5654           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
5655             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
5656             break;
5657           }
5658         }
5659       }
5660       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
5661           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
5662         return true;
5663     }
5664   }
5665   return false;
5666 }
5667 
5668 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5669   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
5670   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
5671     return true;
5672 
5673   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
5674   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
5675   //
5676   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
5677   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
5678   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
5679   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
5680   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
5681   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
5682   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
5683   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
5684   // I first became poison as K):
5685   //
5686   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5687   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
5688   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
5689   //
5690   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5691   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
5692   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
5693   //     behavior.
5694 
5695   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
5696   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
5697   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
5698     return false;
5699 
5700   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
5701   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
5702 
5703   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
5704   // things that are known to be fully poison under that assumption go on the
5705   // PoisonStack.
5706   Pushed.insert(I);
5707   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
5708 
5709   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
5710   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
5711     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
5712 
5713     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
5714       if (propagatesFullPoison(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser))) {
5715         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
5716           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
5717       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
5718         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
5719         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
5720           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
5721           break;
5722         }
5723       }
5724     }
5725   }
5726 
5727   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
5728 }
5729 
5730 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
5731 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
5732   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
5733 
5734   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
5735   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
5736     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
5737       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
5738         return !SI->isSimple();
5739 
5740       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
5741     };
5742 
5743     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
5744                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
5745 
5746     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
5747       for (auto &I : *BB) {
5748         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
5749           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
5750         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
5751           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
5752         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
5753           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
5754       }
5755 
5756     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
5757     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
5758     Itr = InsertPair.first;
5759   }
5760 
5761   return Itr->second;
5762 }
5763 
5764 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
5765   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
5766     return getUnknown(V);
5767 
5768   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
5769     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
5770     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
5771     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
5772     // analysis depends on.
5773     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
5774       return getUnknown(V);
5775   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
5776     return getConstant(CI);
5777   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
5778     return getZero(V->getType());
5779   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
5780     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
5781   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
5782     return getUnknown(V);
5783 
5784   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
5785   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
5786     switch (BO->Opcode) {
5787     case Instruction::Add: {
5788       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
5789       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
5790       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
5791       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
5792       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
5793       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
5794       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
5795       do {
5796         if (BO->Op) {
5797           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5798             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5799             break;
5800           }
5801 
5802           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
5803           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
5804           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
5805           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
5806           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
5807           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
5808           // formed with operands from AddOps.
5809           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5810           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5811           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5812             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5813             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5814               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5815             else
5816               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5817             break;
5818           }
5819         }
5820 
5821         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5822           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
5823         else
5824           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5825 
5826         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5827         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
5828                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
5829           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5830           break;
5831         }
5832         BO = NewBO;
5833       } while (true);
5834 
5835       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
5836     }
5837 
5838     case Instruction::Mul: {
5839       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
5840       do {
5841         if (BO->Op) {
5842           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5843             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5844             break;
5845           }
5846 
5847           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5848           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5849             MulOps.push_back(
5850                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
5851             break;
5852           }
5853         }
5854 
5855         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5856         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
5857         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
5858           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5859           break;
5860         }
5861         BO = NewBO;
5862       } while (true);
5863 
5864       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
5865     }
5866     case Instruction::UDiv:
5867       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5868     case Instruction::URem:
5869       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
5870     case Instruction::Sub: {
5871       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5872       if (BO->Op)
5873         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5874       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
5875     }
5876     case Instruction::And:
5877       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
5878       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
5879       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5880         if (CI->isZero())
5881           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5882         if (CI->isMinusOne())
5883           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5884         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
5885 
5886         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
5887         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
5888         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
5889         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
5890         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
5891         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
5892         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
5893         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
5894         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
5895                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5896 
5897         APInt EffectiveMask =
5898             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
5899         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
5900           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
5901           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5902           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
5903           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
5904             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
5905               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
5906               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5907               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
5908               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
5909               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
5910               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
5911               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
5912               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
5913               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
5914             }
5915           }
5916           if (!ShiftedLHS)
5917             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
5918           return getMulExpr(
5919               getZeroExtendExpr(
5920                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
5921                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
5922                   BO->LHS->getType()),
5923               MulCount);
5924         }
5925       }
5926       break;
5927 
5928     case Instruction::Or:
5929       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
5930       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
5931       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
5932       //
5933       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
5934       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
5935       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5936         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5937         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
5938         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
5939             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
5940           // Build a plain add SCEV.
5941           const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
5942           // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
5943           // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
5944           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5945             const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
5946             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
5947                 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
5948           }
5949           return S;
5950         }
5951       }
5952       break;
5953 
5954     case Instruction::Xor:
5955       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5956         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
5957         if (CI->isMinusOne())
5958           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
5959 
5960         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
5961         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
5962         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
5963         // of an xor with -1.
5964         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
5965           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
5966             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
5967                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
5968               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
5969                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
5970                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
5971                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
5972                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
5973                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
5974 
5975                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
5976                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
5977                 // re-apply the zext.
5978                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
5979                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
5980 
5981                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
5982                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
5983                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
5984                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
5985                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
5986                     Trunc.isSignMask())
5987                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
5988                                            UTy);
5989               }
5990       }
5991       break;
5992 
5993   case Instruction::Shl:
5994     // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
5995     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
5996       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
5997 
5998       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
5999       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6000       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6001       // other parts of the compiler.
6002       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6003         break;
6004 
6005       // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left
6006       // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that
6007       // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation
6008       // is resolved. See
6009       // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html
6010       // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 .
6011       auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6012       if (BO->Op && SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1))
6013         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6014 
6015       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
6016         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
6017       return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
6018     }
6019     break;
6020 
6021     case Instruction::AShr: {
6022       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
6023       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
6024       if (!CI)
6025         break;
6026 
6027       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6028       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
6029       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6030       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6031       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6032       // other parts of the compiler.
6033       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6034         break;
6035 
6036       if (CI->isZero())
6037         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
6038 
6039       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
6040       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
6041 
6042       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
6043       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
6044         // X = Shl A, n
6045         // Y = AShr X, m
6046         // Both n and m are constant.
6047 
6048         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
6049         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
6050           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
6051           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6052           return getSignExtendExpr(
6053               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
6054 
6055         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
6056         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
6057           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
6058           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
6059             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
6060             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
6061             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
6062             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
6063             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
6064                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
6065             return getSignExtendExpr(
6066                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
6067                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
6068           }
6069         }
6070       }
6071       break;
6072     }
6073     }
6074   }
6075 
6076   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
6077   case Instruction::Trunc:
6078     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6079 
6080   case Instruction::ZExt:
6081     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6082 
6083   case Instruction::SExt:
6084     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), DT)) {
6085       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
6086       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
6087       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
6088       //
6089       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
6090       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
6091       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
6092       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
6093         Type *Ty = U->getType();
6094         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
6095         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
6096         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6097       }
6098     }
6099     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6100 
6101   case Instruction::BitCast:
6102     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
6103     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6104       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
6105     break;
6106 
6107   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
6108   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
6109   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
6110   // simplifying integer expressions.
6111 
6112   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
6113     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
6114 
6115   case Instruction::PHI:
6116     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
6117 
6118   case Instruction::Select:
6119     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
6120     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
6121     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
6122     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
6123     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
6124       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
6125                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
6126     break;
6127 
6128   case Instruction::Call:
6129   case Instruction::Invoke:
6130     if (Value *RV = CallSite(U).getReturnedArgOperand())
6131       return getSCEV(RV);
6132     break;
6133   }
6134 
6135   return getUnknown(V);
6136 }
6137 
6138 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6139 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
6140 //
6141 
6142 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
6143   if (!ExitCount)
6144     return 0;
6145 
6146   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
6147 
6148   // Guard against huge trip counts.
6149   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
6150     return 0;
6151 
6152   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
6153   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
6154 }
6155 
6156 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6157   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6158     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
6159 
6160   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
6161   return 0;
6162 }
6163 
6164 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
6165                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6166   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6167   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6168          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6169   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
6170       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
6171   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
6172 }
6173 
6174 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6175   const auto *MaxExitCount =
6176       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
6177   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
6178 }
6179 
6180 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
6181   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6182     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
6183 
6184   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
6185   return 0;
6186 }
6187 
6188 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
6189 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
6190 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
6191 /// very well be zero as well!).
6192 ///
6193 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
6194 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
6195 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
6196 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
6197 ///
6198 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
6199 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
6200 unsigned
6201 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
6202                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6203   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6204   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6205          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6206   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
6207   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
6208     return 1;
6209 
6210   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
6211   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
6212 
6213   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
6214   if (!TC)
6215     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
6216     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
6217     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
6218     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
6219 
6220   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
6221 
6222   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
6223   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
6224   // addition wraps).
6225   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
6226       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
6227     return 1;
6228 
6229   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
6230 }
6231 
6232 /// Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which this loop is
6233 /// guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
6234 /// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
6235 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
6236                                           BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6237   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
6238 }
6239 
6240 const SCEV *
6241 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6242                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
6243   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this, &Preds);
6244 }
6245 
6246 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6247   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
6248 }
6249 
6250 /// Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except return the least SCEV value that is
6251 /// known never to be less than the actual backedge taken count.
6252 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6253   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
6254 }
6255 
6256 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
6257   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isMaxOrZero(this);
6258 }
6259 
6260 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
6261 static void
6262 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
6263   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6264 
6265   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
6266   for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
6267        PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
6268     Worklist.push_back(PN);
6269 }
6270 
6271 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6272 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6273   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
6274   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
6275     return BTI;
6276 
6277   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6278 
6279   if (!Pair.second)
6280     return Pair.first->second;
6281 
6282   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
6283       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6284 
6285   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6286 }
6287 
6288 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6289 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6290   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
6291   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
6292   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
6293   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
6294   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
6295   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
6296       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6297   if (!Pair.second)
6298     return Pair.first->second;
6299 
6300   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
6301   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
6302   // must be cleared in this scope.
6303   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
6304 
6305   if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6306     assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
6307            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
6308            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
6309     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
6310   }
6311   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
6312            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
6313     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
6314     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6315   }
6316 
6317   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
6318   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
6319   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
6320   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
6321   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
6322   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
6323     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6324     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
6325 
6326     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
6327     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6328       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6329       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6330         continue;
6331 
6332       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6333         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6334       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6335         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
6336 
6337         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
6338         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
6339         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
6340         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
6341         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
6342         // own when it gets to that point.
6343         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
6344           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6345           forgetMemoizedResults(Old, false);
6346         }
6347         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6348           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6349       }
6350 
6351       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6352     }
6353   }
6354 
6355   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
6356   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
6357   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
6358   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
6359   // earlier.
6360   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6361 }
6362 
6363 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
6364   // Drop any stored trip count value.
6365   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
6366       [](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map, const Loop *L) {
6367         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
6368         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
6369           BTCPos->second.clear();
6370           Map.erase(BTCPos);
6371         }
6372       };
6373 
6374   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
6375   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
6376   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
6377 
6378   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
6379   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
6380     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
6381 
6382     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6383     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6384 
6385     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
6386     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
6387          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
6388       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
6389       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
6390         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
6391       else
6392         ++I;
6393     }
6394 
6395     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6396     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist);
6397 
6398     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6399       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6400       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6401         continue;
6402 
6403       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6404           ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6405       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6406         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6407         forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6408         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6409           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6410       }
6411 
6412       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6413     }
6414 
6415     for (auto I = ExitLimits.begin(); I != ExitLimits.end(); ++I) {
6416       auto &Query = I->first;
6417       if (Query.L == CurrL)
6418         ExitLimits.erase(I);
6419     }
6420 
6421     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
6422     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
6423     // ValuesAtScopes map.
6424     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
6425   }
6426 }
6427 
6428 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
6429   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6430   if (!I) return;
6431 
6432   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6433   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6434   Worklist.push_back(I);
6435 
6436   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
6437   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6438     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6439     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6440       continue;
6441 
6442     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6443       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6444     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6445       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6446       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6447       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6448         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6449     }
6450 
6451     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6452   }
6453 }
6454 
6455 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
6456 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with a single exit.
6457 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
6458 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. howFarToZero assumes that
6459 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
6460 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
6461 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
6462 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
6463 const SCEV *
6464 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE,
6465                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
6466   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
6467   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
6468     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6469 
6470   const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
6471   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
6472     assert(ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
6473 
6474     if (!BECount)
6475       BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6476     else if (BECount != ENT.ExactNotTaken)
6477       return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6478     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6479       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
6480 
6481     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
6482            "Predicate should be always true!");
6483   }
6484 
6485   assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
6486   return BECount;
6487 }
6488 
6489 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
6490 const SCEV *
6491 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6492                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6493   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6494     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6495       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6496 
6497   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6498 }
6499 
6500 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
6501 const SCEV *
6502 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6503   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6504     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6505   };
6506 
6507   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getMax())
6508     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6509 
6510   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getMax()) || isa<SCEVConstant>(getMax())) &&
6511          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6512   return getMax();
6513 }
6514 
6515 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isMaxOrZero(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6516   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6517     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6518   };
6519   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
6520 }
6521 
6522 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
6523                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6524   if (getMax() && getMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6525       SE->hasOperand(getMax(), S))
6526     return true;
6527 
6528   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6529     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6530         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
6531       return true;
6532 
6533   return false;
6534 }
6535 
6536 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
6537     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E) {
6538   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6539           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6540          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6541 }
6542 
6543 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6544     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6545     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
6546     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6547   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
6548           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6549          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
6550   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6551           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6552          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6553   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
6554     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
6555       addPredicate(P);
6556 }
6557 
6558 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6559     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6560     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
6561     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
6562   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6563           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6564          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6565 }
6566 
6567 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
6568                                       bool MaxOrZero)
6569     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
6570   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6571           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6572          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6573 }
6574 
6575 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
6576 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6577 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
6578     SmallVectorImpl<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo>
6579         &&ExitCounts,
6580     bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount, bool MaxOrZero)
6581     : MaxAndComplete(MaxCount, Complete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6582   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6583 
6584   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
6585   std::transform(
6586       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
6587       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
6588         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
6589         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
6590         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
6591           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, nullptr);
6592 
6593         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
6594         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
6595           Predicate->add(Pred);
6596 
6597         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, std::move(Predicate));
6598       });
6599   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxCount) || isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxCount)) &&
6600          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6601 }
6602 
6603 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6604 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
6605   ExitNotTaken.clear();
6606 }
6607 
6608 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
6609 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
6610 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6611                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
6612   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
6613   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
6614 
6615   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6616 
6617   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
6618   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
6619   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
6620   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6621   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6622   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
6623 
6624   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
6625   // and compute maxBECount.
6626   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
6627   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6628     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
6629     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
6630 
6631     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
6632            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
6633 
6634     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
6635     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
6636     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6637       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
6638       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
6639       CouldComputeBECount = false;
6640     else
6641       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
6642 
6643     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
6644     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
6645     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
6646     //
6647     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
6648     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
6649     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
6650     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
6651     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
6652     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
6653     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
6654         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
6655       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
6656         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6657         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
6658       } else {
6659         MustExitMaxBECount =
6660             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6661       }
6662     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6663       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6664         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6665       else {
6666         MayExitMaxBECount =
6667             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6668       }
6669     }
6670   }
6671   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
6672     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
6673   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
6674   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
6675   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
6676   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
6677                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
6678 }
6679 
6680 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6681 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6682                                   bool AllowPredicates) {
6683   ExitLimitQuery Query(L, ExitingBlock, AllowPredicates);
6684   auto MaybeEL = ExitLimits.find(Query);
6685   if (MaybeEL != ExitLimits.end())
6686     return MaybeEL->second;
6687   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitImpl(L, ExitingBlock, AllowPredicates);
6688   ExitLimits.insert({Query, EL});
6689   return EL;
6690 }
6691 
6692 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6693 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitImpl(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6694                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
6695   // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to exit
6696   // at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
6697   // lead to the loop header.
6698   bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
6699   BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
6700   for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
6701     if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
6702       if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
6703         return getCouldNotCompute();
6704       Exit = SBB;
6705     } else if (SBB != L->getHeader()) {
6706       MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
6707     }
6708 
6709   // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
6710   // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
6711   // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
6712   // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
6713   //
6714   // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
6715   // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
6716   // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
6717   // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
6718   //
6719   // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
6720   // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
6721   // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
6722   // trip count of the loop.
6723   //
6724   //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
6725   //
6726   if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
6727     // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
6728     // up to the header.
6729     bool Ok = false;
6730     for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
6731       BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
6732       if (!Pred)
6733         return getCouldNotCompute();
6734       TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
6735       for (const BasicBlock *PredSucc : PredTerm->successors()) {
6736         if (PredSucc == BB)
6737           continue;
6738         // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
6739         // outside the loop, assume the worst.
6740         if (L->contains(PredSucc))
6741           return getCouldNotCompute();
6742       }
6743       if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
6744         Ok = true;
6745         break;
6746       }
6747       BB = Pred;
6748     }
6749     if (!Ok)
6750       return getCouldNotCompute();
6751   }
6752 
6753   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
6754   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
6755   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
6756     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
6757     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
6758     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
6759         L, BI->getCondition(), BI->getSuccessor(0), BI->getSuccessor(1),
6760         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
6761   }
6762 
6763   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
6764     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
6765                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
6766 
6767   return getCouldNotCompute();
6768 }
6769 
6770 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
6771     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6772     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6773   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, TBB, FBB, AllowPredicates);
6774   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6775                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6776 }
6777 
6778 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
6779 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6780                                       BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6781                                       bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6782   (void)this->L;
6783   (void)this->TBB;
6784   (void)this->FBB;
6785   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
6786 
6787   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6788          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6789          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6790   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
6791   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
6792     return None;
6793   return Itr->second;
6794 }
6795 
6796 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6797                                              BasicBlock *TBB, BasicBlock *FBB,
6798                                              bool ControlsExit,
6799                                              bool AllowPredicates,
6800                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
6801   assert(this->L == L && this->TBB == TBB && this->FBB == FBB &&
6802          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6803          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6804 
6805   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
6806   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
6807   (void)InsertResult;
6808 }
6809 
6810 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6811     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6812     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6813 
6814   if (auto MaybeEL =
6815           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
6816     return *MaybeEL;
6817 
6818   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB,
6819                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6820   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
6821   return EL;
6822 }
6823 
6824 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
6825     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, BasicBlock *TBB,
6826     BasicBlock *FBB, bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6827   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
6828   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
6829     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
6830       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
6831       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(TBB);
6832       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6833           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6834           AllowPredicates);
6835       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6836           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6837           AllowPredicates);
6838       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6839       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6840       if (EitherMayExit) {
6841         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
6842         // Choose the less conservative count.
6843         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
6844             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6845           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6846         else
6847           BECount =
6848               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
6849         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6850           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
6851         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6852           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6853         else
6854           MaxBECount =
6855               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
6856       } else {
6857         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
6858         // For now, be conservative.
6859         assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
6860         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
6861           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6862         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
6863           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
6864       }
6865 
6866       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
6867       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
6868       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
6869       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
6870       // to not.
6871       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
6872           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
6873         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
6874 
6875       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
6876                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
6877     }
6878     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
6879       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
6880       bool EitherMayExit = L->contains(FBB);
6881       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6882           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6883           AllowPredicates);
6884       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
6885           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB, ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit,
6886           AllowPredicates);
6887       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6888       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6889       if (EitherMayExit) {
6890         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
6891         // Choose the less conservative count.
6892         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
6893             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6894           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
6895         else
6896           BECount =
6897               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
6898         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6899           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
6900         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6901           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6902         else
6903           MaxBECount =
6904               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
6905       } else {
6906         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
6907         // For now, be conservative.
6908         assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
6909         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
6910           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
6911         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
6912           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
6913       }
6914 
6915       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
6916                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
6917     }
6918   }
6919 
6920   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
6921   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
6922   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
6923     ExitLimit EL =
6924         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit);
6925     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
6926       return EL;
6927 
6928     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
6929     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB, ControlsExit,
6930                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6931   }
6932 
6933   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
6934   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
6935   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
6936   // in place.
6937   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
6938     if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
6939       // The backedge is always taken.
6940       return getCouldNotCompute();
6941     else
6942       // The backedge is never taken.
6943       return getZero(CI->getType());
6944   }
6945 
6946   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
6947   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
6948 }
6949 
6950 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6951 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
6952                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
6953                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
6954                                           BasicBlock *FBB,
6955                                           bool ControlsExit,
6956                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
6957   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
6958   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond;
6959   if (!L->contains(FBB))
6960     Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate();
6961   else
6962     Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
6963 
6964   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
6965   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
6966     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
6967       ExitLimit ItCnt =
6968         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Cond);
6969       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
6970         return ItCnt;
6971     }
6972 
6973   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
6974   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
6975 
6976   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
6977   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
6978   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
6979 
6980   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
6981   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
6982   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
6983     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
6984     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6985     Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond);
6986   }
6987 
6988   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
6989   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS);
6990 
6991   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
6992   // ranges to answer this query.
6993   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
6994     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
6995       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
6996         // Form the constant range.
6997         ConstantRange CompRange =
6998             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Cond, RHSC->getAPInt());
6999 
7000         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
7001         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
7002       }
7003 
7004   switch (Cond) {
7005   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
7006     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
7007     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
7008                                 AllowPredicates);
7009     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7010     break;
7011   }
7012   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
7013     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
7014     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
7015     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7016     break;
7017   }
7018   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
7019   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
7020     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7021     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7022                                     AllowPredicates);
7023     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7024     break;
7025   }
7026   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
7027   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
7028     bool IsSigned = Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7029     ExitLimit EL =
7030         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7031                             AllowPredicates);
7032     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7033     break;
7034   }
7035   default:
7036     break;
7037   }
7038 
7039   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
7040       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
7041 
7042   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
7043     return ExhaustiveCount;
7044 
7045   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
7046                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, Cond);
7047 }
7048 
7049 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7050 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
7051                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
7052                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7053                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
7054   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
7055 
7056   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
7057   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
7058     return getCouldNotCompute();
7059 
7060   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
7061          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
7062   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
7063   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
7064 
7065   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
7066   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
7067   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
7068     return EL;
7069 
7070   return getCouldNotCompute();
7071 }
7072 
7073 static ConstantInt *
7074 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
7075                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7076   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
7077   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
7078   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
7079          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
7080   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
7081 }
7082 
7083 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
7084 /// compute the backedge execution count.
7085 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7086 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
7087   LoadInst *LI,
7088   Constant *RHS,
7089   const Loop *L,
7090   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
7091   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
7092 
7093   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
7094   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
7095   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
7096   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
7097 
7098   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
7099   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
7100   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
7101   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
7102       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
7103       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
7104     return getCouldNotCompute();
7105 
7106   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
7107   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
7108   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
7109   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
7110   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7111     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7112       Indexes.push_back(CI);
7113     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7114       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
7115       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
7116       VarIdxNum = i-2;
7117       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
7118     }
7119 
7120   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
7121   if (!VarIdx)
7122     return getCouldNotCompute();
7123 
7124   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
7125   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
7126   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
7127   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
7128 
7129   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
7130   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
7131   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
7132   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
7133       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
7134       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
7135     return getCouldNotCompute();
7136 
7137   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
7138   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
7139     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
7140                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
7141     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
7142 
7143     // Form the GEP offset.
7144     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
7145 
7146     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
7147                                                          Indexes);
7148     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
7149 
7150     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
7151     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
7152     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
7153     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
7154       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
7155       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
7156     }
7157   }
7158   return getCouldNotCompute();
7159 }
7160 
7161 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
7162     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
7163   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
7164   if (!RHS)
7165     return getCouldNotCompute();
7166 
7167   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7168   if (!Latch)
7169     return getCouldNotCompute();
7170 
7171   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
7172   if (!Predecessor)
7173     return getCouldNotCompute();
7174 
7175   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
7176   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
7177   auto MatchPositiveShift =
7178       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
7179 
7180     using namespace PatternMatch;
7181 
7182     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
7183     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7184       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
7185     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7186       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
7187     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7188       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
7189     else
7190       return false;
7191 
7192     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
7193   };
7194 
7195   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
7196   //
7197   // loop:
7198   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
7199   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
7200   //
7201   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
7202   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
7203   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
7204       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
7205     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
7206 
7207     {
7208       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
7209       Value *V;
7210 
7211       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
7212       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
7213       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
7214       // operation.
7215       //
7216       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
7217       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
7218       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
7219       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
7220       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
7221         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
7222         LHS = V;
7223       }
7224     }
7225 
7226     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
7227     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
7228       return false;
7229 
7230     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7231     Value *OpLHS;
7232 
7233     return
7234         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
7235         // amount
7236         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
7237 
7238         // of the PHI node itself
7239         OpLHS == PNOut &&
7240 
7241         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
7242         // off, if any.
7243         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
7244   };
7245 
7246   PHINode *PN;
7247   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
7248   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
7249     return getCouldNotCompute();
7250 
7251   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7252 
7253   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
7254   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
7255   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
7256   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
7257   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
7258   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
7259 
7260   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
7261   switch (OpCode) {
7262   default:
7263     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
7264 
7265   case Instruction::AShr: {
7266     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
7267     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
7268     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
7269     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
7270                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
7271     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
7272     if (Known.isNonNegative())
7273       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
7274     else if (Known.isNegative())
7275       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
7276     else
7277       return getCouldNotCompute();
7278 
7279     break;
7280   }
7281   case Instruction::LShr:
7282   case Instruction::Shl:
7283     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
7284     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
7285     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
7286     break;
7287   }
7288 
7289   auto *Result =
7290       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
7291   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
7292          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
7293 
7294   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
7295     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7296     const SCEV *UpperBound =
7297         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
7298     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
7299   }
7300 
7301   return getCouldNotCompute();
7302 }
7303 
7304 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
7305 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
7306 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
7307   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
7308       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
7309       isa<LoadInst>(I))
7310     return true;
7311 
7312   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
7313     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
7314       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
7315   return false;
7316 }
7317 
7318 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
7319 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
7320 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
7321   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
7322   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
7323 
7324   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
7325     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
7326     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
7327     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
7328   }
7329 
7330   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
7331   // are constants, bail early.
7332   return CanConstantFold(I);
7333 }
7334 
7335 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
7336 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
7337 static PHINode *
7338 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
7339                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
7340                                unsigned Depth) {
7341   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
7342     return nullptr;
7343 
7344   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
7345   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
7346   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
7347   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
7348     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
7349 
7350     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
7351     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
7352 
7353     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
7354     if (!P)
7355       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
7356       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
7357       // inconsistent paths meet.
7358       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
7359     if (!P) {
7360       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
7361       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
7362       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
7363       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
7364     }
7365     if (!P)
7366       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
7367     if (PHI && PHI != P)
7368       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
7369     PHI = P;
7370   }
7371   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
7372   return PHI;
7373 }
7374 
7375 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
7376 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
7377 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
7378 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
7379 /// constraints, return null.
7380 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7381   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7382   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7383 
7384   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7385     return PN;
7386 
7387   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
7388   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
7389   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
7390 }
7391 
7392 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
7393 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
7394 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
7395 /// reason, return null.
7396 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
7397                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
7398                                     const DataLayout &DL,
7399                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
7400   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
7401   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
7402   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7403   if (!I) return nullptr;
7404 
7405   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
7406 
7407   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
7408   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
7409   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7410 
7411   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
7412   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
7413   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
7414   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
7415 
7416   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
7417 
7418   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7419     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
7420     if (!Operand) {
7421       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
7422       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
7423       continue;
7424     }
7425     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
7426     Vals[Operand] = C;
7427     if (!C) return nullptr;
7428     Operands[i] = C;
7429   }
7430 
7431   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7432     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7433                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
7434   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7435     if (!LI->isVolatile())
7436       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7437   }
7438   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
7439 }
7440 
7441 
7442 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
7443 // return that, else return nullptr.
7444 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
7445   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
7446 
7447   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
7448     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
7449       continue;
7450 
7451     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
7452     if (!CurrentVal)
7453       return nullptr;
7454 
7455     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
7456       if (IncomingVal)
7457         return nullptr;
7458       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
7459     }
7460   }
7461 
7462   return IncomingVal;
7463 }
7464 
7465 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
7466 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
7467 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
7468 /// involving constants, fold it.
7469 Constant *
7470 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
7471                                                    const APInt &BEs,
7472                                                    const Loop *L) {
7473   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
7474   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
7475     return I->second;
7476 
7477   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
7478     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
7479 
7480   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
7481 
7482   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7483   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7484   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7485 
7486   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7487   if (!Latch)
7488     return nullptr;
7489 
7490   for (auto &I : *Header) {
7491     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7492     if (!PHI) break;
7493     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
7494     if (!StartCST) continue;
7495     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7496   }
7497   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7498     return RetVal = nullptr;
7499 
7500   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7501 
7502   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
7503   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
7504          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
7505 
7506   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
7507   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
7508   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7509   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
7510     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
7511       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
7512 
7513     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
7514     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
7515     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7516     Constant *NextPHI =
7517         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7518     if (!NextPHI)
7519       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
7520     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
7521 
7522     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
7523 
7524     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
7525     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
7526     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
7527     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7528     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7529       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7530       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7531       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
7532     }
7533     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
7534     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
7535     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
7536       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
7537       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7538       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
7539         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7540         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7541       }
7542       if (NextPHI != I.second)
7543         StoppedEvolving = false;
7544     }
7545 
7546     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
7547     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
7548     if (StoppedEvolving)
7549       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
7550 
7551     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7552   }
7553 }
7554 
7555 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
7556                                                           Value *Cond,
7557                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
7558   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
7559   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
7560 
7561   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
7562   // That's the only form we support here.
7563   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
7564 
7565   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7566   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7567   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7568 
7569   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7570   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
7571 
7572   for (auto &I : *Header) {
7573     PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7574     if (!PHI)
7575       break;
7576     auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(PHI, Latch);
7577     if (!StartCST) continue;
7578     CurrentIterVals[PHI] = StartCST;
7579   }
7580   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7581     return getCouldNotCompute();
7582 
7583   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
7584   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
7585   // "ExitWhen".
7586   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
7587   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7588   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
7589     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
7590         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
7591 
7592     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
7593     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
7594 
7595     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
7596       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
7597       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
7598     }
7599 
7600     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
7601     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7602 
7603     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
7604     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
7605     // into CurrentIterVals.
7606     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7607     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7608       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7609       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7610       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
7611     }
7612     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
7613       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7614       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
7615 
7616       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7617       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7618     }
7619     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7620   }
7621 
7622   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
7623   return getCouldNotCompute();
7624 }
7625 
7626 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7627   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
7628       ValuesAtScopes[V];
7629   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
7630   for (auto &LS : Values)
7631     if (LS.first == L)
7632       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
7633 
7634   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
7635 
7636   // Otherwise compute it.
7637   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
7638   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
7639     if (LS.first == L) {
7640       LS.second = C;
7641       break;
7642     }
7643   return C;
7644 }
7645 
7646 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
7647 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
7648 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
7649 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
7650 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
7651   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
7652     case scCouldNotCompute:
7653     case scAddRecExpr:
7654       break;
7655     case scConstant:
7656       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
7657     case scUnknown:
7658       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
7659     case scSignExtend: {
7660       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
7661       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
7662         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
7663       break;
7664     }
7665     case scZeroExtend: {
7666       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
7667       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
7668         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
7669       break;
7670     }
7671     case scTruncate: {
7672       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
7673       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
7674         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
7675       break;
7676     }
7677     case scAddExpr: {
7678       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
7679       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
7680         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7681           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
7682           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7683           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7684         }
7685         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7686           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
7687           if (!C2) return nullptr;
7688 
7689           // First pointer!
7690           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
7691             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
7692             std::swap(C, C2);
7693             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7694             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
7695             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
7696             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7697           }
7698 
7699           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
7700           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
7701           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
7702             return nullptr;
7703 
7704           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7705             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
7706               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
7707                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
7708             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
7709           } else
7710             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
7711         }
7712         return C;
7713       }
7714       break;
7715     }
7716     case scMulExpr: {
7717       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
7718       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
7719         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
7720         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7721         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7722           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
7723           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7724           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
7725         }
7726         return C;
7727       }
7728       break;
7729     }
7730     case scUDivExpr: {
7731       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
7732       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
7733         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
7734           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
7735             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
7736       break;
7737     }
7738     case scSMaxExpr:
7739     case scUMaxExpr:
7740       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
7741   }
7742   return nullptr;
7743 }
7744 
7745 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7746   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
7747 
7748   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
7749   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
7750   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
7751     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
7752       const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()];
7753       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
7754         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7755           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
7756             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
7757             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
7758             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
7759             // value.
7760             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
7761             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
7762                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
7763 
7764               // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
7765               // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
7766               if (BTCC->getValue()->isZero()) {
7767                 Value *InitValue = nullptr;
7768                 bool MultipleInitValues = false;
7769                 for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
7770                   if (!LI->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
7771                     if (!InitValue)
7772                       InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
7773                     else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
7774                       MultipleInitValues = true;
7775                       break;
7776                     }
7777                   }
7778                   if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
7779                     return getSCEV(InitValue);
7780                 }
7781               }
7782               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
7783               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
7784               // the specified iteration number.
7785               Constant *RV =
7786                   getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), LI);
7787               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
7788             }
7789           }
7790 
7791       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
7792       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
7793       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
7794       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
7795       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
7796         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
7797         bool MadeImprovement = false;
7798         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
7799           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
7800             Operands.push_back(C);
7801             continue;
7802           }
7803 
7804           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
7805           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
7806           // with scev techniques.
7807           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
7808             return V;
7809 
7810           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
7811           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
7812           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
7813 
7814           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
7815           if (!C) return V;
7816           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
7817             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
7818                                                               Op->getType(),
7819                                                               false),
7820                                       C, Op->getType());
7821           Operands.push_back(C);
7822         }
7823 
7824         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
7825         if (MadeImprovement) {
7826           Constant *C = nullptr;
7827           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7828           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7829             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7830                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
7831           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7832             if (!LI->isVolatile())
7833               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7834           } else
7835             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
7836           if (!C) return V;
7837           return getSCEV(C);
7838         }
7839       }
7840     }
7841 
7842     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
7843     return V;
7844   }
7845 
7846   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
7847     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
7848     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
7849     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7850       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
7851       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
7852         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
7853         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
7854         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
7855                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
7856         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7857 
7858         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
7859           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
7860           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7861         }
7862         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
7863           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
7864         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
7865           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
7866         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
7867           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
7868         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
7869           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
7870         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
7871       }
7872     }
7873     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
7874     return Comm;
7875   }
7876 
7877   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
7878     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
7879     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
7880     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
7881       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
7882     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
7883   }
7884 
7885   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
7886   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
7887   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
7888     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
7889     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
7890     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
7891     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7892       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
7893       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
7894         continue;
7895 
7896       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
7897       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
7898       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
7899                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
7900       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
7901       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
7902         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
7903 
7904       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
7905         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
7906                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
7907       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
7908       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
7909       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
7910       // ahead and return the folded value.
7911       if (!AddRec)
7912         return FoldedRec;
7913       break;
7914     }
7915 
7916     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
7917     // loop exit value of the addrec.
7918     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
7919       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
7920       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
7921       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
7922       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
7923 
7924       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
7925       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
7926     }
7927 
7928     return AddRec;
7929   }
7930 
7931   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
7932     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7933     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7934       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7935     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7936   }
7937 
7938   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
7939     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7940     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7941       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7942     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7943   }
7944 
7945   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
7946     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
7947     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
7948       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
7949     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
7950   }
7951 
7952   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
7953 }
7954 
7955 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7956   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
7957 }
7958 
7959 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
7960 ///
7961 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
7962 ///
7963 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
7964 /// A and B isn't important.
7965 ///
7966 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
7967 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
7968                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7969   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
7970   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
7971   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
7972 
7973   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
7974   //
7975   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
7976   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
7977   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
7978   // D = 2^Mult2
7979 
7980   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
7981   //
7982   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
7983   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
7984   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
7985     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
7986 
7987   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
7988   // modulo (N / D).
7989   //
7990   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
7991   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
7992   // so we immediately truncate it.
7993   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
7994   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
7995   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
7996   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
7997 
7998   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
7999   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
8000   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
8001   // (I * B mod N) / D
8002   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
8003   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
8004 }
8005 
8006 /// Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the given quadratic chrec
8007 /// {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which might be the same) or
8008 /// two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
8009 static Optional<std::pair<const SCEVConstant *,const SCEVConstant *>>
8010 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8011   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
8012   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
8013   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
8014   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
8015 
8016   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
8017   if (!LC || !MC || !NC)
8018     return None;
8019 
8020   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
8021   const APInt &L = LC->getAPInt();
8022   const APInt &M = MC->getAPInt();
8023   const APInt &N = NC->getAPInt();
8024   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
8025 
8026   // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
8027 
8028   // The A coefficient is N/2
8029   APInt A = N.sdiv(Two);
8030 
8031   // The B coefficient is M-N/2
8032   APInt B = M;
8033   B -= A; // A is the same as N/2.
8034 
8035   // The C coefficient is L.
8036   const APInt& C = L;
8037 
8038   // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
8039   APInt SqrtTerm = B;
8040   SqrtTerm *= B;
8041   SqrtTerm -= 4 * (A * C);
8042 
8043   if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
8044     // The loop is provably infinite.
8045     return None;
8046   }
8047 
8048   // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
8049   // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
8050   APInt SqrtVal = SqrtTerm.sqrt();
8051 
8052   // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
8053   // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
8054   APInt NegB = -std::move(B);
8055   APInt TwoA = std::move(A);
8056   TwoA <<= 1;
8057   if (TwoA.isNullValue())
8058     return None;
8059 
8060   LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
8061 
8062   ConstantInt *Solution1 =
8063     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8064   ConstantInt *Solution2 =
8065     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8066 
8067   return std::make_pair(cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution1)),
8068                         cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution2)));
8069 }
8070 
8071 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8072 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
8073                               bool AllowPredicates) {
8074 
8075   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
8076   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
8077   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
8078   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
8079 
8080   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
8081   // If the value is a constant
8082   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8083     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
8084     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
8085     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8086   }
8087 
8088   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
8089   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
8090     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
8091     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
8092     // algorithm below.
8093     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
8094 
8095   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
8096     return getCouldNotCompute();
8097 
8098   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
8099   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
8100   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
8101     if (auto Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this)) {
8102       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
8103       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
8104       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
8105       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
8106               CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
8107         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
8108           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
8109 
8110         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
8111         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
8112         // should not accept a root of 2.
8113         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
8114         if (Val->isZero())
8115           // We found a quadratic root!
8116           return ExitLimit(R1, R1, false, Predicates);
8117       }
8118     }
8119     return getCouldNotCompute();
8120   }
8121 
8122   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
8123   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
8124     return getCouldNotCompute();
8125 
8126   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
8127   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8128   //
8129   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
8130   //
8131   // equivalent to:
8132   //
8133   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
8134   //
8135   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
8136 
8137   // Get the initial value for the loop.
8138   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
8139   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
8140 
8141   // For now we handle only constant steps.
8142   //
8143   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
8144   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
8145   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
8146   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
8147   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
8148   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
8149     return getCouldNotCompute();
8150 
8151   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
8152   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
8153   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
8154   //   N = Start/-Step
8155   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
8156   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
8157   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
8158 
8159   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
8160   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
8161   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
8162   if (StepC->getValue()->isOne() || StepC->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
8163     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
8164 
8165     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
8166     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
8167     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
8168     //
8169     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
8170     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
8171     // range inside the loop.
8172     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
8173     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
8174     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
8175     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
8176       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
8177       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
8178       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
8179       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
8180     }
8181     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
8182   }
8183 
8184   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
8185   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
8186   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
8187   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
8188   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
8189   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
8190       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
8191     const SCEV *Exact =
8192         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
8193     const SCEV *Max =
8194         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
8195             ? Exact
8196             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
8197     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
8198   }
8199 
8200   // Solve the general equation.
8201   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
8202                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
8203   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
8204                       ? E
8205                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
8206   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
8207 }
8208 
8209 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8210 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8211   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
8212   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
8213   // future as needed.
8214 
8215   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
8216   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
8217   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8218     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
8219       return getZero(C->getType());
8220     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8221   }
8222 
8223   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
8224   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
8225   return getCouldNotCompute();
8226 }
8227 
8228 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8229 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
8230   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
8231   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
8232   // from the predecessor to the block.
8233   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
8234     return {Pred, BB};
8235 
8236   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
8237   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
8238   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
8239   if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
8240     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
8241 
8242   return {nullptr, nullptr};
8243 }
8244 
8245 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
8246 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
8247 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
8248 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
8249 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
8250   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
8251   if (A == B) return true;
8252 
8253   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
8254     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
8255     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
8256     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
8257     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
8258   };
8259 
8260   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
8261   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
8262   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
8263     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
8264       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
8265         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
8266           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
8267             return true;
8268 
8269   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
8270   return false;
8271 }
8272 
8273 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
8274                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
8275                                            unsigned Depth) {
8276   bool Changed = false;
8277 
8278   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
8279   if (Depth >= 3)
8280     return false;
8281 
8282   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
8283   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
8284     // Check for both operands constant.
8285     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8286       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
8287                                 LHSC->getValue(),
8288                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
8289         goto trivially_false;
8290       else
8291         goto trivially_true;
8292     }
8293     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
8294     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8295     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8296     Changed = true;
8297   }
8298 
8299   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
8300   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
8301   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
8302   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
8303     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
8304     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
8305       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8306       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8307       Changed = true;
8308     }
8309   }
8310 
8311   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
8312   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
8313   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8314     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
8315 
8316     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
8317 
8318     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
8319       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
8320       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
8321         goto trivially_true;
8322       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
8323         goto trivially_false;
8324 
8325       APInt NewRHS;
8326       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
8327       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
8328           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
8329         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
8330         Pred = NewPred;
8331         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
8332         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
8333       }
8334     }
8335 
8336     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
8337       switch (Pred) {
8338       default:
8339         break;
8340       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
8341       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
8342         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
8343         if (!RA)
8344           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
8345             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
8346                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
8347               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
8348                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
8349                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
8350                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
8351                 Changed = true;
8352               }
8353         break;
8354 
8355 
8356         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
8357         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
8358         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
8359         // check to trivially_true or trivially_false.
8360 
8361       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8362         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8363         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8364         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8365         Changed = true;
8366         break;
8367       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8368         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8369         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8370         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8371         Changed = true;
8372         break;
8373       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8374         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8375         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8376         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8377         Changed = true;
8378         break;
8379       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8380         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8381         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8382         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8383         Changed = true;
8384         break;
8385       }
8386     }
8387   }
8388 
8389   // Check for obvious equality.
8390   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
8391     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
8392       goto trivially_true;
8393     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
8394       goto trivially_false;
8395   }
8396 
8397   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
8398   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
8399   switch (Pred) {
8400   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8401     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8402       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8403                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8404       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8405       Changed = true;
8406     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8407       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
8408                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8409       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8410       Changed = true;
8411     }
8412     break;
8413   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8414     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8415       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
8416                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8417       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8418       Changed = true;
8419     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8420       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8421                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8422       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8423       Changed = true;
8424     }
8425     break;
8426   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8427     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
8428       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8429                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8430       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8431       Changed = true;
8432     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
8433       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
8434       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8435       Changed = true;
8436     }
8437     break;
8438   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8439     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
8440       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
8441       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8442       Changed = true;
8443     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
8444       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8445                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8446       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8447       Changed = true;
8448     }
8449     break;
8450   default:
8451     break;
8452   }
8453 
8454   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
8455 
8456   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
8457   // changes.
8458   if (Changed)
8459     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
8460 
8461   return Changed;
8462 
8463 trivially_true:
8464   // Return 0 == 0.
8465   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8466   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
8467   return true;
8468 
8469 trivially_false:
8470   // Return 0 != 0.
8471   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8472   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
8473   return true;
8474 }
8475 
8476 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8477   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
8478 }
8479 
8480 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8481   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8482 }
8483 
8484 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8485   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
8486 }
8487 
8488 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8489   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8490 }
8491 
8492 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
8493   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
8494 }
8495 
8496 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8497                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8498   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
8499   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8500 
8501   // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
8502   // every iteration of the loop.
8503   // If LHS and RHS are both addrec, both conditions must be true in
8504   // every iteration of the loop.
8505   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8506   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
8507   bool LeftGuarded = false;
8508   bool RightGuarded = false;
8509   if (LAR) {
8510     const Loop *L = LAR->getLoop();
8511     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getStart(), RHS) &&
8512         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LAR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS)) {
8513       if (!RAR) return true;
8514       LeftGuarded = true;
8515     }
8516   }
8517   if (RAR) {
8518     const Loop *L = RAR->getLoop();
8519     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getStart()) &&
8520         isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this))) {
8521       if (!LAR) return true;
8522       RightGuarded = true;
8523     }
8524   }
8525   if (LeftGuarded && RightGuarded)
8526     return true;
8527 
8528   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8529     return true;
8530 
8531   // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
8532   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8533 }
8534 
8535 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8536                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8537                                            bool &Increasing) {
8538   bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing);
8539 
8540 #ifndef NDEBUG
8541   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
8542   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
8543   bool IncreasingSwapped;
8544   bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(
8545       LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped);
8546 
8547   assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!");
8548   if (ResultSwapped)
8549     assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped &&
8550            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
8551 #endif
8552 
8553   return Result;
8554 }
8555 
8556 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8557                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8558                                                bool &Increasing) {
8559 
8560   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
8561   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
8562   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
8563   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
8564   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
8565   //
8566   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
8567   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
8568   // as general as possible.
8569 
8570   switch (Pred) {
8571   default:
8572     return false; // Conservative answer
8573 
8574   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8575   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8576   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
8577   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8578     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
8579       return false;
8580 
8581     Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
8582     return true;
8583 
8584   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8585   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8586   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8587   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
8588     if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
8589       return false;
8590 
8591     const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
8592 
8593     if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) {
8594       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
8595       return true;
8596     }
8597 
8598     if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) {
8599       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
8600       return true;
8601     }
8602 
8603     return false;
8604   }
8605 
8606   }
8607 
8608   llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!");
8609 }
8610 
8611 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate(
8612     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
8613     ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS,
8614     const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) {
8615 
8616   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
8617   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
8618     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
8619       return false;
8620 
8621     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8622     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8623   }
8624 
8625   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8626   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
8627     return false;
8628 
8629   bool Increasing;
8630   if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing))
8631     return false;
8632 
8633   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
8634   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
8635   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
8636   //
8637   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
8638   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
8639   //     backedge.
8640   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
8641   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
8642   //     monotonically increasing.
8643   //
8644   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
8645   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
8646   // loop invariant).
8647   //
8648   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
8649   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
8650 
8651   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
8652 
8653   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
8654     return false;
8655 
8656   InvariantPred = Pred;
8657   InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart();
8658   InvariantRHS = RHS;
8659   return true;
8660 }
8661 
8662 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
8663     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8664   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
8665     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8666 
8667   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
8668   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
8669 
8670   auto CheckRanges =
8671       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
8672     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
8673         .contains(RangeLHS);
8674   };
8675 
8676   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
8677   // known to be equal.
8678   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8679     return false;
8680 
8681   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8682     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
8683            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
8684            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
8685 
8686   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
8687     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
8688 
8689   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
8690 }
8691 
8692 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8693                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
8694                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
8695   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
8696   // Return Y via OutY.
8697   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
8698       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
8699              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
8700     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
8701     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
8702 
8703     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
8704         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
8705       return false;
8706 
8707     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
8708     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
8709   };
8710 
8711   APInt C;
8712 
8713   switch (Pred) {
8714   default:
8715     break;
8716 
8717   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8718     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8719     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8720   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8721     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
8722     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
8723       return true;
8724 
8725     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
8726     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8727         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
8728       return true;
8729     break;
8730 
8731   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8732     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8733     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8734   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8735     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
8736     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8737         C.isStrictlyPositive())
8738       return true;
8739 
8740     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
8741     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
8742       return true;
8743     break;
8744   }
8745 
8746   return false;
8747 }
8748 
8749 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8750                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
8751                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
8752   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
8753     return false;
8754 
8755   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
8756   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
8757   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
8758 
8759   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
8760   //
8761   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
8762   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
8763   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
8764   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
8765   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
8766   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
8767          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
8768          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
8769 }
8770 
8771 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(BasicBlock *BB,
8772                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8773                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8774   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
8775   if (!HasGuards)
8776     return false;
8777 
8778   return any_of(*BB, [&](Instruction &I) {
8779     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
8780 
8781     Value *Condition;
8782     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
8783                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
8784            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
8785   });
8786 }
8787 
8788 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
8789 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
8790 /// to eliminate casts.
8791 bool
8792 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
8793                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8794                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8795   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
8796   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
8797   if (!L) return true;
8798 
8799   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8800     return true;
8801 
8802   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8803   if (!Latch)
8804     return false;
8805 
8806   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
8807     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
8808   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
8809       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8810                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
8811                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
8812     return true;
8813 
8814   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
8815   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
8816   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
8817     return false;
8818 
8819   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
8820 
8821   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
8822   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
8823   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
8824   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
8825     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
8826     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
8827     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
8828     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
8829     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
8830     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
8831       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
8832     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
8833                       LatchBECount))
8834       return true;
8835   }
8836 
8837   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
8838   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
8839     if (!AssumeVH)
8840       continue;
8841     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
8842     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
8843       continue;
8844 
8845     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
8846       return true;
8847   }
8848 
8849   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
8850   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
8851   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
8852   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
8853     return false;
8854 
8855   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8856     return true;
8857 
8858   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
8859        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
8860     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
8861 
8862     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
8863     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8864       return true;
8865 
8866     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
8867     if (!PBB)
8868       continue;
8869 
8870     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
8871     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
8872       continue;
8873 
8874     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
8875 
8876     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
8877     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
8878     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
8879 
8880     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
8881     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
8882       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
8883       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
8884       // with us on this:
8885       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
8886 
8887       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
8888                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
8889         return true;
8890     }
8891   }
8892 
8893   return false;
8894 }
8895 
8896 bool
8897 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
8898                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8899                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8900   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
8901   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
8902   if (!L) return false;
8903 
8904   if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8905     return true;
8906 
8907   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
8908   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
8909   // leading to the original header.
8910   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8911          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
8912        Pair.first;
8913        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
8914 
8915     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Pair.first, Pred, LHS, RHS))
8916       return true;
8917 
8918     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
8919       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
8920     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
8921         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
8922       continue;
8923 
8924     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
8925                       LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
8926                       LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
8927       return true;
8928   }
8929 
8930   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
8931   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
8932     if (!AssumeVH)
8933       continue;
8934     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
8935     if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
8936       continue;
8937 
8938     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
8939       return true;
8940   }
8941 
8942   return false;
8943 }
8944 
8945 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8946                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
8947                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
8948                                     bool Inverse) {
8949   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
8950     return false;
8951 
8952   auto ClearOnExit =
8953       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
8954 
8955   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
8956   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
8957     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
8958       if (!Inverse)
8959         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
8960                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
8961     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
8962       if (Inverse)
8963         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
8964                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
8965     }
8966   }
8967 
8968   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
8969   if (!ICI) return false;
8970 
8971   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
8972   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
8973   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
8974   if (Inverse)
8975     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
8976   else
8977     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
8978 
8979   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
8980   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
8981 
8982   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
8983 }
8984 
8985 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
8986                                     const SCEV *RHS,
8987                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
8988                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
8989                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
8990   // Balance the types.
8991   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
8992       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
8993     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
8994       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8995       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8996     } else {
8997       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8998       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
8999     }
9000   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
9001       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9002     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
9003       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9004       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9005     } else {
9006       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9007       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9008     }
9009   }
9010 
9011   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
9012   // canonicalized the comparison.
9013   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9014     if (LHS == RHS)
9015       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
9016   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9017     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
9018       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
9019 
9020   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
9021   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
9022     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9023       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9024       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
9025     } else {
9026       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9027       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9028     }
9029   }
9030 
9031   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
9032   if (FoundPred == Pred)
9033     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9034 
9035   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
9036   // desired predicate.
9037   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
9038     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
9039       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
9040     else
9041       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
9042                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9043   }
9044 
9045   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
9046   // are non-negative.
9047   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
9048       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
9049       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
9050     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9051 
9052   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
9053   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
9054       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
9055 
9056     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
9057     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
9058 
9059     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
9060       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
9061       V = FoundRHS;
9062     } else {
9063       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
9064       V = FoundLHS;
9065     }
9066 
9067     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
9068     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
9069     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
9070     // predicate we're interested in folding.
9071 
9072     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9073         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
9074 
9075     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
9076       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
9077       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
9078       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
9079 
9080       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
9081 
9082       switch (Pred) {
9083         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9084         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9085           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
9086           // RHS, we're done.
9087           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
9088                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
9089             return true;
9090           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9091 
9092         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9093         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9094           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
9095           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
9096           // == Min).  This gives us
9097           //
9098           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
9099           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
9100           //
9101           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
9102 
9103           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
9104             return true;
9105           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9106 
9107         default:
9108           // No change
9109           break;
9110       }
9111     }
9112   }
9113 
9114   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
9115   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
9116     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
9117       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9118         return true;
9119   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
9120     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
9121       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9122         return true;
9123 
9124   // Otherwise assume the worst.
9125   return false;
9126 }
9127 
9128 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
9129                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
9130                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
9131   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9132   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
9133     return false;
9134 
9135   L = AE->getOperand(0);
9136   R = AE->getOperand(1);
9137   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
9138   return true;
9139 }
9140 
9141 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
9142                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
9143   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
9144   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
9145 
9146   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
9147     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
9148     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
9149 
9150     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
9151       return None;
9152 
9153     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
9154     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
9155     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
9156       return None;
9157 
9158     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
9159       return None;
9160 
9161     Less = LAR->getStart();
9162     More = MAR->getStart();
9163 
9164     // fall through
9165   }
9166 
9167   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
9168     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
9169     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
9170     return M - L;
9171   }
9172 
9173   const SCEV *L, *R;
9174   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
9175   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, L, R, Flags))
9176     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9177       if (R == More)
9178         return -(LC->getAPInt());
9179 
9180   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, L, R, Flags))
9181     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9182       if (R == Less)
9183         return LC->getAPInt();
9184 
9185   return None;
9186 }
9187 
9188 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
9189     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9190     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9191   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
9192     return false;
9193 
9194   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9195   if (!AddRecLHS)
9196     return false;
9197 
9198   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
9199   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
9200     return false;
9201 
9202   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
9203   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
9204   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
9205 
9206   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
9207   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
9208     return false;
9209 
9210   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
9211   //
9212   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
9213   //                                                                  ... (2)
9214   //
9215   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
9216   //
9217   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
9218   //
9219   // Then
9220   //
9221   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
9222   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
9223   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
9224   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
9225   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
9226   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
9227   //
9228   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
9229   //
9230   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
9231   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
9232   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
9233   //
9234   // Note:
9235   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
9236   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
9237   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
9238   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
9239   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
9240   // C)".
9241 
9242   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9243   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
9244   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
9245     return false;
9246 
9247   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
9248     return true;
9249 
9250   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
9251 
9252   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
9253     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
9254   } else {
9255     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
9256     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
9257   }
9258 
9259   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
9260   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
9261                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
9262 }
9263 
9264 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9265                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9266                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9267                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9268   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9269     return true;
9270 
9271   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9272     return true;
9273 
9274   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9275                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
9276          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
9277          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9278                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
9279                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
9280 }
9281 
9282 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
9283 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
9284   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9285   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9286       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9287     return nullptr;
9288 
9289   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
9290   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9291       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9292     return nullptr;
9293 
9294   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
9295 }
9296 
9297 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
9298 template<typename MaxExprType>
9299 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
9300                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9301   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
9302   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
9303 
9304   return find(MaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MaxExpr->op_end();
9305 }
9306 
9307 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
9308 template<typename MaxExprType>
9309 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9310                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
9311                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9312   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
9313   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
9314     return false;
9315 
9316   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
9317 }
9318 
9319 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9320                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9321                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9322   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
9323   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
9324   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
9325 
9326   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
9327     return false;
9328 
9329   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9330   if (!LAR)
9331     return false;
9332   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
9333   if (!RAR)
9334     return false;
9335   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
9336     return false;
9337   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
9338     return false;
9339 
9340   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
9341     return false;
9342 
9343   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9344                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
9345   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
9346     return false;
9347 
9348   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
9349 }
9350 
9351 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
9352 /// expression?
9353 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9354                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9355                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9356   switch (Pred) {
9357   default:
9358     return false;
9359 
9360   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9361     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9362     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9363   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9364     return
9365       // min(A, ...) <= A
9366       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9367       // A <= max(A, ...)
9368       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9369 
9370   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9371     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9372     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9373   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9374     return
9375       // min(A, ...) <= A
9376       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9377       // A <= max(A, ...)
9378       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9379   }
9380 
9381   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
9382 }
9383 
9384 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9385                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9386                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9387                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
9388                                              unsigned Depth) {
9389   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
9390              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
9391          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
9392   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
9393              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
9394          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
9395   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
9396   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
9397     return false;
9398   // We only want to work with ICMP_SGT comparison so far.
9399   // TODO: Extend to ICMP_UGT?
9400   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
9401     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9402     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9403     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9404   }
9405   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
9406     return false;
9407 
9408   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
9409     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
9410       return Ext->getOperand();
9411     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
9412     // the constant in some cases.
9413     return S;
9414   };
9415 
9416   // Acquire values from extensions.
9417   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
9418   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
9419   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
9420 
9421   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
9422   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9423     return isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
9424            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
9425                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
9426   };
9427 
9428   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
9429     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
9430     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
9431     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
9432     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
9433     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
9434     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
9435       return false;
9436 
9437     // Should not overflow.
9438     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
9439       return false;
9440 
9441     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
9442     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
9443     auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(RHS->getType()));
9444 
9445     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
9446     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9447       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
9448     };
9449     // Try to prove the following rule:
9450     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9451     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9452     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
9453       return true;
9454   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
9455     Value *LL, *LR;
9456     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
9457 
9458     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9459 
9460     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
9461       // Rules for division.
9462       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
9463       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
9464       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
9465       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
9466       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
9467       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
9468       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
9469       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
9470         return false;
9471 
9472       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
9473 
9474       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
9475       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
9476       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
9477       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
9478         return false;
9479 
9480       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
9481       // is positive.
9482       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
9483         return false;
9484 
9485       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
9486       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
9487       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
9488         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
9489         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
9490         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
9491         // to avoid this check.
9492         return false;
9493 
9494       // Given that:
9495       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
9496       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
9497       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
9498       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
9499 
9500       // Try to prove the following rule:
9501       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9502       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
9503       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
9504       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
9505       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
9506           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
9507         return true;
9508 
9509       // Try to prove the following rule:
9510       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9511       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
9512       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
9513       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
9514       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
9515       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
9516       auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(WTy));
9517       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
9518       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
9519           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
9520         return true;
9521     }
9522   }
9523 
9524   return false;
9525 }
9526 
9527 bool
9528 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9529                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9530   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9531          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9532          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9533          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9534 }
9535 
9536 bool
9537 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9538                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9539                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9540                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9541   switch (Pred) {
9542   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
9543   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
9544   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
9545     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
9546       return true;
9547     break;
9548   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9549   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9550     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9551         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9552       return true;
9553     break;
9554   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9555   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9556     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9557         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9558       return true;
9559     break;
9560   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
9561   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9562     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9563         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9564       return true;
9565     break;
9566   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9567   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9568     if (isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9569         isKnownViaSimpleReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9570       return true;
9571     break;
9572   }
9573 
9574   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
9575   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9576     return true;
9577 
9578   return false;
9579 }
9580 
9581 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9582                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
9583                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
9584                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9585                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9586   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
9587     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
9588     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
9589     return false;
9590 
9591   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9592   if (!Addend)
9593     return false;
9594 
9595   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
9596 
9597   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
9598   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
9599   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
9600       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
9601 
9602   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
9603   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
9604 
9605   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
9606   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
9607   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
9608   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
9609       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
9610 
9611   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
9612   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
9613   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
9614 }
9615 
9616 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9617                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9618   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
9619 
9620   if (NoWrap) return false;
9621 
9622   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9623   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9624 
9625   if (IsSigned) {
9626     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
9627     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
9628     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9629 
9630     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
9631     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
9632   }
9633 
9634   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
9635   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9636   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9637 
9638   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
9639   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
9640 }
9641 
9642 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9643                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9644   if (NoWrap) return false;
9645 
9646   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9647   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9648 
9649   if (IsSigned) {
9650     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
9651     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
9652     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9653 
9654     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
9655     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
9656   }
9657 
9658   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
9659   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
9660   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9661 
9662   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
9663   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
9664 }
9665 
9666 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
9667                                             bool Equality) {
9668   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
9669   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
9670                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
9671   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
9672 }
9673 
9674 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9675 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9676                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
9677                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9678   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9679   // We handle only IV < Invariant
9680   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
9681     return getCouldNotCompute();
9682 
9683   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9684   bool PredicatedIV = false;
9685 
9686   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
9687     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9688     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9689     // algorithm below.
9690     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
9691     PredicatedIV = true;
9692   }
9693 
9694   // Avoid weird loops
9695   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
9696     return getCouldNotCompute();
9697 
9698   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
9699                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
9700 
9701   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
9702 
9703   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
9704 
9705   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
9706   if (!PositiveStride) {
9707     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
9708     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
9709     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
9710     //
9711     // i = start
9712     // do {
9713     //   A[i] = i;
9714     //   i += s;
9715     // } while (i < end);
9716     //
9717     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
9718     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
9719     //
9720     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
9721     // of the above formula is as follows -
9722     //
9723     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
9724     //    NoWrap flag).
9725     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
9726     //
9727     //
9728     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
9729     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
9730     //
9731     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
9732     // we have UB.
9733     //
9734     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
9735     // true (original behavior of the function).
9736     //
9737     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
9738     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
9739     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
9740     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
9741     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
9742     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
9743     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
9744     //
9745     // unsigned char i;
9746     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
9747     //   A[i] = i;
9748     //
9749     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
9750         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
9751       return getCouldNotCompute();
9752   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
9753              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
9754     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
9755     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
9756     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
9757     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
9758     return getCouldNotCompute();
9759 
9760   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
9761                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
9762   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
9763   const SCEV *End = RHS;
9764   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
9765   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
9766   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
9767   // and End is the RHS.
9768   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
9769     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9770   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
9771   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
9772   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
9773   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
9774   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
9775   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
9776   // count of zero.
9777   const SCEV *BECount;
9778   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
9779     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9780   else {
9781     End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
9782     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
9783   }
9784 
9785   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
9786   bool MaxOrZero = false;
9787   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
9788     MaxBECount = BECount;
9789   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
9790     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
9791     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
9792     // zero.
9793     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
9794     MaxOrZero = true;
9795   } else {
9796     // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
9797     // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
9798     APInt MinStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start)
9799                               : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
9800 
9801     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
9802 
9803     APInt StrideForMaxBECount;
9804 
9805     if (PositiveStride)
9806       StrideForMaxBECount =
9807         IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
9808                  : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9809     else
9810       // Using a stride of 1 is safe when computing max backedge taken count for
9811       // a loop with unknown stride.
9812       StrideForMaxBECount = APInt(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
9813 
9814     APInt Limit =
9815       IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1)
9816                : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
9817 
9818     // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
9819     // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (End - Start)
9820     // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
9821     APInt MaxEnd =
9822       IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(RHS), Limit)
9823                : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS), Limit);
9824 
9825     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart),
9826                                 getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount), false);
9827   }
9828 
9829   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
9830       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
9831     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
9832 
9833   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
9834 }
9835 
9836 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9837 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9838                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
9839                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9840   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
9841   // We handle only IV > Invariant
9842   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
9843     return getCouldNotCompute();
9844 
9845   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9846   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
9847     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
9848     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
9849     // algorithm below.
9850     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
9851 
9852   // Avoid weird loops
9853   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
9854     return getCouldNotCompute();
9855 
9856   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
9857                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
9858 
9859   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
9860 
9861   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
9862   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
9863     return getCouldNotCompute();
9864 
9865   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
9866   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
9867   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
9868   // behaviors like the case of C language.
9869   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
9870     return getCouldNotCompute();
9871 
9872   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
9873                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
9874 
9875   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
9876   const SCEV *End = RHS;
9877   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS))
9878     End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
9879 
9880   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
9881 
9882   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
9883                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
9884 
9885   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
9886                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9887 
9888   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
9889   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
9890                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
9891 
9892   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
9893   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
9894   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
9895   APInt MinEnd =
9896     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
9897              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
9898 
9899 
9900   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
9901   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
9902     MaxBECount = BECount;
9903   else
9904     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
9905                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
9906 
9907   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
9908     MaxBECount = BECount;
9909 
9910   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
9911 }
9912 
9913 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
9914                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
9915   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
9916     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9917 
9918   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
9919   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
9920     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
9921       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
9922       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
9923       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
9924                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
9925       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
9926         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
9927             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
9928       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
9929       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9930     }
9931 
9932   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
9933   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
9934   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
9935     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
9936 
9937   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
9938   // that the start element is zero.
9939 
9940   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
9941   // iteration exits.
9942   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
9943   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
9944     return SE.getZero(getType());
9945 
9946   if (isAffine()) {
9947     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
9948     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
9949 
9950     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
9951     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
9952     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
9953     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
9954     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
9955     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
9956 
9957     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
9958     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
9959     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
9960 
9961     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
9962     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
9963     // things must have happened.
9964     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
9965     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
9966       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
9967 
9968     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
9969     assert(Range.contains(
9970            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
9971            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
9972            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
9973     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
9974   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
9975     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
9976     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
9977     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
9978     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
9979     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
9980     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
9981     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), FlagAnyWrap);
9982 
9983     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
9984     if (auto Roots =
9985             SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE)) {
9986       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
9987       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
9988       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
9989       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
9990               ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
9991         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
9992           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
9993 
9994         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
9995         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
9996         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
9997         ConstantInt *R1Val =
9998             EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, R1->getValue(), SE);
9999         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
10000           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
10001           ConstantInt *NextVal =
10002               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() + 1);
10003 
10004           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10005           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10006             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
10007           return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10008         }
10009 
10010         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
10011         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
10012         ConstantInt *NextVal =
10013             ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() - 1);
10014         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10015         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10016           return R1;
10017         return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10018       }
10019     }
10020   }
10021 
10022   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10023 }
10024 
10025 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
10026 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
10027   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
10028     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
10029       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
10030     else if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
10031       return isa<UndefValue>(SC->getValue());
10032     return false;
10033   });
10034 }
10035 
10036 namespace {
10037 
10038 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
10039 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
10040   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10041   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
10042 
10043   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
10044       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
10045 
10046   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10047     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
10048       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
10049     return true;
10050   }
10051 
10052   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10053 };
10054 
10055 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
10056 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
10057   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10058 
10059   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) : Terms(T) {}
10060 
10061   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10062     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
10063         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
10064       if (!containsUndefs(S))
10065         Terms.push_back(S);
10066 
10067       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10068       return false;
10069     }
10070 
10071     // Keep looking.
10072     return true;
10073   }
10074 
10075   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10076 };
10077 
10078 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
10079 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
10080   bool &ContainsAddRec;
10081 
10082   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
10083     ContainsAddRec = false;
10084   }
10085 
10086   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10087     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
10088       ContainsAddRec = true;
10089 
10090       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10091       return false;
10092     }
10093 
10094     // Keep looking.
10095     return true;
10096   }
10097 
10098   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10099 };
10100 
10101 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
10102 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
10103 //
10104 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
10105 //
10106 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
10107 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
10108 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
10109 //
10110 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
10111 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
10112 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
10113 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
10114   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10115   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10116 
10117   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
10118       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
10119 
10120   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10121     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
10122       bool HasAddRec = false;
10123       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
10124       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
10125         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
10126         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
10127           Operands.push_back(Op);
10128         } else if (Unknown) {
10129           HasAddRec = true;
10130         } else {
10131           bool ContainsAddRec;
10132           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
10133           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
10134           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
10135         }
10136       }
10137       if (Operands.size() == 0)
10138         return true;
10139 
10140       if (!HasAddRec)
10141         return false;
10142 
10143       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
10144       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10145       return false;
10146     }
10147 
10148     // Keep looking.
10149     return true;
10150   }
10151 
10152   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10153 };
10154 
10155 } // end anonymous namespace
10156 
10157 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
10158 /// two places:
10159 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
10160 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
10161 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
10162     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10163   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
10164   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
10165   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
10166 
10167   DEBUG({
10168       dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
10169       for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
10170         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10171     });
10172 
10173   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
10174     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
10175     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
10176   }
10177 
10178   DEBUG({
10179       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10180       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10181         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10182     });
10183 
10184   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
10185   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
10186 }
10187 
10188 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10189                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10190                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10191   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
10192   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
10193 
10194   // End of recursion.
10195   if (Last == 0) {
10196     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
10197       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
10198       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10199         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10200           Qs.push_back(Op);
10201 
10202       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
10203     }
10204 
10205     Sizes.push_back(Step);
10206     return true;
10207   }
10208 
10209   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10210     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
10211     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10212     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
10213 
10214     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
10215     if (!R->isZero())
10216       return false;
10217 
10218     Term = Q;
10219   }
10220 
10221   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
10222   Terms.erase(
10223       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
10224       Terms.end());
10225 
10226   if (Terms.size() > 0)
10227     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
10228       return false;
10229 
10230   Sizes.push_back(Step);
10231   return true;
10232 }
10233 
10234 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
10235 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10236   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10237     if (SCEVExprContains(T, isa<SCEVUnknown, const SCEV *>))
10238       return true;
10239   return false;
10240 }
10241 
10242 // Return the number of product terms in S.
10243 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
10244   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
10245     return Expr->getNumOperands();
10246   return 1;
10247 }
10248 
10249 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
10250   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
10251     return nullptr;
10252 
10253   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
10254     return T;
10255 
10256   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
10257     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
10258     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10259       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10260         Factors.push_back(Op);
10261 
10262     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
10263   }
10264 
10265   return T;
10266 }
10267 
10268 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
10269 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
10270   Type *Ty;
10271   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
10272     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
10273   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
10274     Ty = Load->getType();
10275   else
10276     return nullptr;
10277 
10278   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
10279   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
10280 }
10281 
10282 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10283                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10284                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10285   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
10286     return;
10287 
10288   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
10289   // non parametric SCEVs.
10290   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
10291     return;
10292 
10293   DEBUG({
10294       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10295       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10296         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10297     });
10298 
10299   // Remove duplicates.
10300   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
10301   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
10302 
10303   // Put larger terms first.
10304   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10305     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
10306   });
10307 
10308   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
10309   // element size, proceed with the original term.
10310   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10311     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10312     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
10313     if (!Q->isZero())
10314       Term = Q;
10315   }
10316 
10317   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
10318 
10319   // Remove constant factors.
10320   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10321     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
10322       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
10323 
10324   DEBUG({
10325       dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
10326       for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
10327         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10328     });
10329 
10330   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
10331     Sizes.clear();
10332     return;
10333   }
10334 
10335   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
10336   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
10337 
10338   DEBUG({
10339       dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
10340       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10341         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10342     });
10343 }
10344 
10345 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
10346     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10347     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10348   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
10349   if (Sizes.empty())
10350     return;
10351 
10352   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
10353     if (!AR->isAffine())
10354       return;
10355 
10356   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
10357   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
10358   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
10359     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10360     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
10361 
10362     DEBUG({
10363         dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
10364         dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
10365         dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
10366         dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
10367         dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
10368       });
10369 
10370     Res = Q;
10371 
10372     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
10373     // the array.
10374     if (i == Last) {
10375 
10376       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
10377       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
10378         Subscripts.clear();
10379         Sizes.clear();
10380         return;
10381       }
10382 
10383       continue;
10384     }
10385 
10386     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
10387     Subscripts.push_back(R);
10388   }
10389 
10390   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
10391   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
10392   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
10393 
10394   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
10395 
10396   DEBUG({
10397       dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
10398       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10399         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10400     });
10401 }
10402 
10403 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
10404 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
10405 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
10406 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
10407 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
10408 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
10409 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
10410 ///
10411 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
10412 ///
10413 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
10414 ///
10415 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
10416 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
10417 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
10418 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
10419 ///  }
10420 ///
10421 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
10422 ///
10423 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
10424 ///
10425 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
10426 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
10427 /// the loops:
10428 ///
10429 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
10430 ///
10431 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
10432 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
10433 ///
10434 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
10435 ///
10436 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
10437 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
10438 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
10439 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
10440 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
10441 ///
10442 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
10443 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
10444 ///
10445 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
10446 ///
10447 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
10448 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
10449 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
10450 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
10451 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
10452                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10453                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10454                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10455   // First step: collect parametric terms.
10456   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
10457   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
10458 
10459   if (Terms.empty())
10460     return;
10461 
10462   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
10463   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
10464 
10465   if (Sizes.empty())
10466     return;
10467 
10468   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
10469   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
10470 
10471   if (Subscripts.empty())
10472     return;
10473 
10474   DEBUG({
10475       dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
10476       dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
10477       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10478         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10479 
10480       dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
10481       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10482         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10483       dbgs() << "\n";
10484     });
10485 }
10486 
10487 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10488 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
10489 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10490 
10491 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
10492   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10493   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
10494     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10495   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
10496   // this now dangles!
10497 }
10498 
10499 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
10500   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10501 
10502   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
10503   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
10504   // value.
10505   Value *Old = getValPtr();
10506   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
10507   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
10508   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
10509     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
10510     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
10511     // that until everything else is done.
10512     if (U == Old)
10513       continue;
10514     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
10515       continue;
10516     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
10517       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10518     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
10519     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
10520   }
10521   // Delete the Old value.
10522   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
10523     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10524   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
10525   // this now dangles!
10526 }
10527 
10528 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
10529   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
10530 
10531 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10532 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
10533 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10534 
10535 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
10536                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
10537                                  LoopInfo &LI)
10538     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
10539       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
10540       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
10541   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
10542   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
10543   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
10544   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
10545   //
10546   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
10547   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
10548   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
10549   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
10550 
10551   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
10552       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
10553   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
10554 }
10555 
10556 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
10557     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
10558       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
10559       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
10560       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
10561       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
10562       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
10563       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
10564           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
10565       ExitLimits(std::move(Arg.ExitLimits)),
10566       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
10567           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
10568       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
10569       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
10570       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
10571       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
10572       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
10573       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
10574       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
10575       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
10576       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
10577       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
10578       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
10579   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10580 }
10581 
10582 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
10583   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
10584   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
10585   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
10586     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
10587     U = U->Next;
10588     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
10589   }
10590   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10591 
10592   ExprValueMap.clear();
10593   ValueExprMap.clear();
10594   HasRecMap.clear();
10595 
10596   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
10597   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
10598   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
10599     BTCI.second.clear();
10600   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
10601     BTCI.second.clear();
10602 
10603   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
10604   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
10605   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
10606 }
10607 
10608 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
10609   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
10610 }
10611 
10612 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
10613                           const Loop *L) {
10614   // Print all inner loops first
10615   for (Loop *I : *L)
10616     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
10617 
10618   OS << "Loop ";
10619   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10620   OS << ": ";
10621 
10622   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
10623   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
10624   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
10625     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
10626 
10627   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10628     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10629   } else {
10630     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
10631   }
10632 
10633   OS << "\n"
10634         "Loop ";
10635   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10636   OS << ": ";
10637 
10638   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
10639     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10640     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
10641       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
10642   } else {
10643     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
10644   }
10645 
10646   OS << "\n"
10647         "Loop ";
10648   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10649   OS << ": ";
10650 
10651   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
10652   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
10653   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
10654     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
10655     OS << " Predicates:\n";
10656     Pred.print(OS, 4);
10657   } else {
10658     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
10659   }
10660   OS << "\n";
10661 
10662   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10663     OS << "Loop ";
10664     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10665     OS << ": ";
10666     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
10667   }
10668 }
10669 
10670 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
10671   switch (LD) {
10672   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
10673     return "Variant";
10674   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
10675     return "Invariant";
10676   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
10677     return "Computable";
10678   }
10679   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
10680 }
10681 
10682 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
10683   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
10684   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
10685   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
10686   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
10687   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
10688   // const isn't dangerous.
10689   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
10690 
10691   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
10692   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10693   OS << "\n";
10694   for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
10695     if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
10696       OS << I << '\n';
10697       OS << "  -->  ";
10698       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
10699       SV->print(OS);
10700       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
10701         OS << " U: ";
10702         SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10703         OS << " S: ";
10704         SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
10705       }
10706 
10707       const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
10708 
10709       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
10710       if (AtUse != SV) {
10711         OS << "  -->  ";
10712         AtUse->print(OS);
10713         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
10714           OS << " U: ";
10715           SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10716           OS << " S: ";
10717           SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
10718         }
10719       }
10720 
10721       if (L) {
10722         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
10723         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
10724         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
10725           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
10726         } else {
10727           OS << *ExitValue;
10728         }
10729 
10730         bool First = true;
10731         for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
10732           if (First) {
10733             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10734             First = false;
10735           } else {
10736             OS << ", ";
10737           }
10738 
10739           Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10740           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
10741         }
10742 
10743         for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
10744           if (InnerL == L)
10745             continue;
10746           if (First) {
10747             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
10748             First = false;
10749           } else {
10750             OS << ", ";
10751           }
10752 
10753           InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10754           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
10755         }
10756 
10757         OS << " }";
10758       }
10759 
10760       OS << "\n";
10761     }
10762 
10763   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
10764   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10765   OS << "\n";
10766   for (Loop *I : LI)
10767     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
10768 }
10769 
10770 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10771 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10772   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
10773   for (auto &V : Values) {
10774     if (V.getPointer() == L)
10775       return V.getInt();
10776   }
10777   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
10778   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
10779   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
10780   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
10781     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
10782       V.setInt(D);
10783       break;
10784     }
10785   }
10786   return D;
10787 }
10788 
10789 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
10790 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10791   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
10792   case scConstant:
10793     return LoopInvariant;
10794   case scTruncate:
10795   case scZeroExtend:
10796   case scSignExtend:
10797     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
10798   case scAddRecExpr: {
10799     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10800 
10801     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
10802     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
10803       return LoopComputable;
10804 
10805     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
10806     if (!L)
10807       return LoopVariant;
10808 
10809     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if L contains AR's loop.
10810     if (L->contains(AR->getLoop()))
10811       return LoopVariant;
10812 
10813     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
10814     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
10815       return LoopInvariant;
10816 
10817     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
10818     // are variant.
10819     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
10820       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
10821         return LoopVariant;
10822 
10823     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
10824     return LoopInvariant;
10825   }
10826   case scAddExpr:
10827   case scMulExpr:
10828   case scUMaxExpr:
10829   case scSMaxExpr: {
10830     bool HasVarying = false;
10831     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
10832       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
10833       if (D == LoopVariant)
10834         return LoopVariant;
10835       if (D == LoopComputable)
10836         HasVarying = true;
10837     }
10838     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
10839   }
10840   case scUDivExpr: {
10841     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
10842     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
10843     if (LD == LoopVariant)
10844       return LoopVariant;
10845     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
10846     if (RD == LoopVariant)
10847       return LoopVariant;
10848     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
10849            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
10850   }
10851   case scUnknown:
10852     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
10853     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
10854     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
10855     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
10856     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
10857       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
10858     return LoopInvariant;
10859   case scCouldNotCompute:
10860     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
10861   }
10862   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
10863 }
10864 
10865 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10866   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
10867 }
10868 
10869 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
10870   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
10871 }
10872 
10873 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
10874 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10875   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
10876   for (auto &V : Values) {
10877     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
10878       return V.getInt();
10879   }
10880   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
10881   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
10882   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
10883   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
10884     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
10885       V.setInt(D);
10886       break;
10887     }
10888   }
10889   return D;
10890 }
10891 
10892 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
10893 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10894   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
10895   case scConstant:
10896     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10897   case scTruncate:
10898   case scZeroExtend:
10899   case scSignExtend:
10900     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
10901   case scAddRecExpr: {
10902     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
10903     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
10904     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
10905     // dominates its entire containing block.
10906     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
10907     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
10908       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10909 
10910     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
10911     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
10912   }
10913   case scAddExpr:
10914   case scMulExpr:
10915   case scUMaxExpr:
10916   case scSMaxExpr: {
10917     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
10918     bool Proper = true;
10919     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
10920       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
10921       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10922         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10923       if (D == DominatesBlock)
10924         Proper = false;
10925     }
10926     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
10927   }
10928   case scUDivExpr: {
10929     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
10930     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
10931     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
10932     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10933       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10934     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
10935     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
10936       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10937     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
10938       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
10939   }
10940   case scUnknown:
10941     if (Instruction *I =
10942           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
10943       if (I->getParent() == BB)
10944         return DominatesBlock;
10945       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
10946         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10947       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
10948     }
10949     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10950   case scCouldNotCompute:
10951     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
10952   }
10953   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
10954 }
10955 
10956 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10957   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
10958 }
10959 
10960 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
10961   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
10962 }
10963 
10964 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
10965   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
10966 }
10967 
10968 bool ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::hasOperand(const SCEV *S) const {
10969   auto IsS = [&](const SCEV *X) { return S == X; };
10970   auto ContainsS = [&](const SCEV *X) {
10971     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(X) && SCEVExprContains(X, IsS);
10972   };
10973   return ContainsS(ExactNotTaken) || ContainsS(MaxNotTaken);
10974 }
10975 
10976 void
10977 ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S, bool EraseExitLimit) {
10978   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
10979   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
10980   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
10981   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
10982   SignedRanges.erase(S);
10983   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
10984   HasRecMap.erase(S);
10985   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
10986 
10987   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
10988        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
10989     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
10990     if (Entry.first == S)
10991       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
10992     else
10993       ++I;
10994   }
10995 
10996   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
10997       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
10998         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
10999           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
11000           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
11001             BEInfo.clear();
11002             Map.erase(I++);
11003           } else
11004             ++I;
11005         }
11006       };
11007 
11008   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
11009   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
11010 
11011   // TODO: There is a suspicion that we only need to do it when there is a
11012   // SCEVUnknown somewhere inside S. Need to check this.
11013   if (EraseExitLimit)
11014     for (auto I = ExitLimits.begin(), E = ExitLimits.end(); I != E; ++I)
11015       if (I->second.hasOperand(S))
11016         ExitLimits.erase(I);
11017 }
11018 
11019 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
11020   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11021   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
11022 
11023   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
11024 
11025   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
11026   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
11027     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
11028 
11029     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
11030       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
11031     }
11032 
11033     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11034       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
11035     }
11036 
11037     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
11038       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11039     }
11040   };
11041 
11042   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
11043 
11044   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
11045     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
11046     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
11047 
11048     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
11049         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
11050     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11051 
11052     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
11053         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
11054       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
11055       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
11056       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
11057       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
11058       // positives.
11059       continue;
11060     }
11061 
11062     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
11063       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
11064       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
11065       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
11066       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
11067       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
11068       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
11069       continue;
11070     }
11071 
11072     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
11073         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11074       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
11075     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
11076              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11077       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
11078 
11079     auto *ConstantDelta =
11080         dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount));
11081 
11082     if (ConstantDelta && ConstantDelta->getAPInt() != 0) {
11083       dbgs() << "Trip Count Changed!\n";
11084       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
11085       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
11086       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *ConstantDelta << "\n";
11087       std::abort();
11088     }
11089   }
11090 }
11091 
11092 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
11093     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
11094     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
11095   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
11096   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
11097   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
11098   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
11099          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11100          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11101          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
11102 }
11103 
11104 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
11105 
11106 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
11107                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11108   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
11109                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
11110                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
11111                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
11112 }
11113 
11114 PreservedAnalyses
11115 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11116   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
11117   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
11118 }
11119 
11120 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11121                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11122 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
11123 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
11124 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
11125 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
11126 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11127                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11128 
11129 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
11130 
11131 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
11132   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
11133 }
11134 
11135 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
11136   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
11137       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(),
11138       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
11139       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
11140       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
11141   return false;
11142 }
11143 
11144 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
11145 
11146 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
11147   SE->print(OS);
11148 }
11149 
11150 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
11151   if (!VerifySCEV)
11152     return;
11153 
11154   SE->verify();
11155 }
11156 
11157 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
11158   AU.setPreservesAll();
11159   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
11160   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
11161   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
11162   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
11163 }
11164 
11165 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
11166                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
11167   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11168   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
11169          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
11170   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11171   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
11172   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
11173   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
11174   void *IP = nullptr;
11175   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11176     return S;
11177   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
11178       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
11179   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
11180   return Eq;
11181 }
11182 
11183 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
11184     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11185     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11186   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11187   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11188   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
11189   ID.AddPointer(AR);
11190   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
11191   void *IP = nullptr;
11192   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11193     return S;
11194   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
11195       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
11196   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
11197   return OF;
11198 }
11199 
11200 namespace {
11201 
11202 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
11203 public:
11204   SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11205                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11206                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
11207       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
11208 
11209   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
11210   /// infrastructure.
11211   ///
11212   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
11213   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
11214   ///
11215   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
11216   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
11217   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11218                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11219                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
11220     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
11221     return Rewriter.visit(S);
11222   }
11223 
11224   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11225     if (Pred) {
11226       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
11227       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
11228         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
11229           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
11230             return IPred->getRHS();
11231     }
11232     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
11233   }
11234 
11235   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
11236     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11237     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11238     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11239       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
11240       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11241       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11242       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11243       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
11244         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11245                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11246                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11247     }
11248     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11249   }
11250 
11251   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
11252     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11253     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11254     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11255       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
11256       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11257       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11258       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11259       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
11260         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11261                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11262                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11263     }
11264     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11265   }
11266 
11267 private:
11268   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
11269     if (!NewPreds) {
11270       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
11271       return Pred && Pred->implies(P);
11272     }
11273     NewPreds->insert(P);
11274     return true;
11275   }
11276 
11277   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11278                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11279     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
11280     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
11281   }
11282 
11283   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
11284   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
11285   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
11286   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
11287   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
11288   // return \p Expr.
11289   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11290     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
11291       return Expr;
11292     Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
11293     PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
11294     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
11295       return Expr;
11296     for (auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
11297       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
11298         return Expr;
11299     }
11300     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
11301   }
11302 
11303   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
11304   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
11305   const Loop *L;
11306 };
11307 
11308 } // end anonymous namespace
11309 
11310 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11311                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
11312   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
11313 }
11314 
11315 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
11316     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11317     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
11318   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
11319   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
11320   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11321 
11322   if (!AddRec)
11323     return nullptr;
11324 
11325   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
11326   // predicates.
11327   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
11328     Preds.insert(P);
11329 
11330   return AddRec;
11331 }
11332 
11333 /// SCEV predicates
11334 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11335                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
11336     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
11337 
11338 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11339                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
11340     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
11341   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
11342   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
11343 }
11344 
11345 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11346   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
11347 
11348   if (!Op)
11349     return false;
11350 
11351   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
11352 }
11353 
11354 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
11355 
11356 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
11357 
11358 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11359   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
11360 }
11361 
11362 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11363                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11364                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
11365     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
11366 
11367 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
11368 
11369 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11370   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
11371 
11372   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
11373 }
11374 
11375 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11376   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11377   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
11378 
11379   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
11380     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
11381 
11382   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
11383 }
11384 
11385 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11386   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
11387   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
11388     OS << "<nusw>";
11389   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
11390     OS << "<nssw>";
11391   OS << "\n";
11392 }
11393 
11394 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
11395 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11396                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
11397   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
11398   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11399 
11400   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
11401   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
11402     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
11403 
11404   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
11405     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
11406     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
11407     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
11408       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
11409         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
11410   }
11411 
11412   return ImpliedFlags;
11413 }
11414 
11415 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
11416 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
11417     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
11418 
11419 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11420   return all_of(Preds,
11421                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
11422 }
11423 
11424 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
11425 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
11426   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
11427   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
11428     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
11429   return I->second;
11430 }
11431 
11432 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11433   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
11434     return all_of(Set->Preds,
11435                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
11436 
11437   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
11438   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
11439     return false;
11440   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
11441 
11442   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
11443                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
11444 }
11445 
11446 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
11447 
11448 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11449   for (auto Pred : Preds)
11450     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
11451 }
11452 
11453 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
11454   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
11455     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
11456       add(Pred);
11457     return;
11458   }
11459 
11460   if (implies(N))
11461     return;
11462 
11463   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
11464   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
11465                 " associated expression!");
11466 
11467   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
11468   Preds.push_back(N);
11469 }
11470 
11471 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
11472                                                      Loop &L)
11473     : SE(SE), L(L) {}
11474 
11475 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
11476   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
11477   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
11478 
11479   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
11480   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
11481     return Entry.second;
11482 
11483   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
11484   // according to the current predicate.
11485   if (Entry.second)
11486     Expr = Entry.second;
11487 
11488   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
11489   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
11490 
11491   return NewSCEV;
11492 }
11493 
11494 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
11495   if (!BackedgeCount) {
11496     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
11497     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
11498     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
11499   }
11500   return BackedgeCount;
11501 }
11502 
11503 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
11504   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
11505     return;
11506   Preds.add(&Pred);
11507   updateGeneration();
11508 }
11509 
11510 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
11511   return Preds;
11512 }
11513 
11514 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
11515   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
11516   if (++Generation == 0) {
11517     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
11518       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
11519       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
11520     }
11521   }
11522 }
11523 
11524 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
11525     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11526   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11527   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11528 
11529   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
11530 
11531   // Clear the statically implied flags.
11532   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
11533   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
11534 
11535   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
11536   if (!II.second)
11537     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
11538 }
11539 
11540 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
11541     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11542   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11543   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11544 
11545   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
11546       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
11547 
11548   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
11549 
11550   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
11551     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
11552 
11553   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
11554 }
11555 
11556 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
11557   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
11558   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
11559   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
11560 
11561   if (!New)
11562     return nullptr;
11563 
11564   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
11565     Preds.add(P);
11566 
11567   updateGeneration();
11568   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
11569   return New;
11570 }
11571 
11572 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
11573     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
11574     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
11575       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
11576   for (const auto &I : Init.FlagsMap)
11577     FlagsMap.insert(I);
11578 }
11579 
11580 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11581   // For each block.
11582   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
11583     for (auto &I : *BB) {
11584       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
11585         continue;
11586 
11587       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11588       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
11589 
11590       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
11591         continue;
11592 
11593       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
11594       if (II->second.second == Expr)
11595         continue;
11596 
11597       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
11598       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
11599       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
11600     }
11601 }
11602